1 /* X Communication module for terminals which understand the X protocol.
2 Copyright (C) 1989, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
3 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GNU Emacs.
7 GNU Emacs is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
12 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with GNU Emacs; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
19 the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
20 Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
22 /* New display code by Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>. */
23 /* Xt features made by Fred Pierresteguy. */
27 /* On 4.3 these lose if they come after xterm.h. */
28 /* Putting these at the beginning seems to be standard for other .c files. */
36 #include "blockinput.h"
38 /* Need syssignal.h for various externs and definitions that may be required
39 by some configurations for calls to signal later in this source file. */
40 #include "syssignal.h"
42 /* This may include sys/types.h, and that somehow loses
43 if this is not done before the other system files. */
45 #include <X11/cursorfont.h>
47 /* Load sys/types.h if not already loaded.
48 In some systems loading it twice is suicidal. */
50 #include <sys/types.h>
54 #include <sys/ioctl.h>
55 #endif /* ! defined (BSD_SYSTEM) */
60 #ifndef INCLUDED_FCNTL
67 /* Caused redefinition of DBL_DIG on Netbsd; seems not to be needed. */
68 /* #include <sys/param.h> */
74 #include "dispextern.h"
76 #include "termhooks.h"
84 #include "intervals.h"
90 #include <X11/Shell.h>
93 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
105 extern int xlwmenu_window_p
P_ ((Widget w
, Window window
));
106 extern void xlwmenu_redisplay
P_ ((Widget
));
109 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
111 extern void free_frame_menubar
P_ ((struct frame
*));
112 extern struct frame
*x_menubar_window_to_frame
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*,
117 #if (XtSpecificationRelease >= 5) && !defined(NO_EDITRES)
119 extern void _XEditResCheckMessages ();
120 #endif /* not NO_EDITRES */
122 /* Include toolkit specific headers for the scroll bar widget. */
124 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
125 #if defined USE_MOTIF
126 #include <Xm/Xm.h> /* for LESSTIF_VERSION */
127 #include <Xm/ScrollBar.h>
128 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
131 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Simple.h>
132 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Scrollbar.h>
133 #include <X11/Xaw3d/ThreeD.h>
134 #else /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
135 #include <X11/Xaw/Simple.h>
136 #include <X11/Xaw/Scrollbar.h>
137 #endif /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
139 #define XtNpickTop "pickTop"
140 #endif /* !XtNpickTop */
141 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
142 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
144 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
146 #if ! defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) && ! defined (USE_GTK)
147 #define x_any_window_to_frame x_window_to_frame
148 #define x_top_window_to_frame x_window_to_frame
153 #ifndef XtNinitialState
154 #define XtNinitialState "initialState"
158 #define abs(x) ((x) < 0 ? -(x) : (x))
160 /* Default to using XIM if available. */
164 int use_xim
= 0; /* configure --without-xim */
169 /* Non-nil means Emacs uses toolkit scroll bars. */
171 Lisp_Object Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
;
173 /* Non-zero means that a HELP_EVENT has been generated since Emacs
176 static int any_help_event_p
;
178 /* Last window where we saw the mouse. Used by mouse-autoselect-window. */
179 static Lisp_Object last_window
;
181 /* Non-zero means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties. */
183 int x_use_underline_position_properties
;
185 /* This is a chain of structures for all the X displays currently in
188 struct x_display_info
*x_display_list
;
190 /* This is a list of cons cells, each of the form (NAME
191 . FONT-LIST-CACHE), one for each element of x_display_list and in
192 the same order. NAME is the name of the frame. FONT-LIST-CACHE
193 records previous values returned by x-list-fonts. */
195 Lisp_Object x_display_name_list
;
197 /* Frame being updated by update_frame. This is declared in term.c.
198 This is set by update_begin and looked at by all the XT functions.
199 It is zero while not inside an update. In that case, the XT
200 functions assume that `selected_frame' is the frame to apply to. */
202 extern struct frame
*updating_frame
;
204 /* This is a frame waiting to be auto-raised, within XTread_socket. */
206 struct frame
*pending_autoraise_frame
;
209 /* The application context for Xt use. */
210 XtAppContext Xt_app_con
;
211 static String Xt_default_resources
[] = {0};
212 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
214 /* Non-zero means user is interacting with a toolkit scroll bar. */
216 static int toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
;
218 /* Non-zero means to not move point as a result of clicking on a
219 frame to focus it (when focus-follows-mouse is nil). */
221 int x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
;
223 /* Non-zero timeout value means ignore next mouse click if it arrives
224 before that timeout elapses (i.e. as part of the same sequence of
225 events resulting from clicking on a frame to select it). */
227 static unsigned long ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
;
231 Formerly, we used PointerMotionHintMask (in standard_event_mask)
232 so that we would have to call XQueryPointer after each MotionNotify
233 event to ask for another such event. However, this made mouse tracking
234 slow, and there was a bug that made it eventually stop.
236 Simply asking for MotionNotify all the time seems to work better.
238 In order to avoid asking for motion events and then throwing most
239 of them away or busy-polling the server for mouse positions, we ask
240 the server for pointer motion hints. This means that we get only
241 one event per group of mouse movements. "Groups" are delimited by
242 other kinds of events (focus changes and button clicks, for
243 example), or by XQueryPointer calls; when one of these happens, we
244 get another MotionNotify event the next time the mouse moves. This
245 is at least as efficient as getting motion events when mouse
246 tracking is on, and I suspect only negligibly worse when tracking
249 /* Where the mouse was last time we reported a mouse event. */
251 static XRectangle last_mouse_glyph
;
252 static FRAME_PTR last_mouse_glyph_frame
;
253 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_press_frame
;
255 /* The scroll bar in which the last X motion event occurred.
257 If the last X motion event occurred in a scroll bar, we set this so
258 XTmouse_position can know whether to report a scroll bar motion or
261 If the last X motion event didn't occur in a scroll bar, we set
262 this to Qnil, to tell XTmouse_position to return an ordinary motion
265 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_scroll_bar
;
267 /* This is a hack. We would really prefer that XTmouse_position would
268 return the time associated with the position it returns, but there
269 doesn't seem to be any way to wrest the time-stamp from the server
270 along with the position query. So, we just keep track of the time
271 of the last movement we received, and return that in hopes that
272 it's somewhat accurate. */
274 static Time last_mouse_movement_time
;
276 /* Incremented by XTread_socket whenever it really tries to read
280 static int volatile input_signal_count
;
282 static int input_signal_count
;
285 /* Used locally within XTread_socket. */
287 static int x_noop_count
;
289 /* Initial values of argv and argc. */
291 extern char **initial_argv
;
292 extern int initial_argc
;
294 extern Lisp_Object Vcommand_line_args
, Vsystem_name
;
296 /* Tells if a window manager is present or not. */
298 extern Lisp_Object Vx_no_window_manager
;
300 extern Lisp_Object Qeql
;
304 /* A mask of extra modifier bits to put into every keyboard char. */
306 extern EMACS_INT extra_keyboard_modifiers
;
308 /* The keysyms to use for the various modifiers. */
310 Lisp_Object Vx_alt_keysym
, Vx_hyper_keysym
, Vx_meta_keysym
, Vx_super_keysym
;
311 Lisp_Object Vx_keysym_table
;
312 static Lisp_Object Qalt
, Qhyper
, Qmeta
, Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
;
314 static Lisp_Object Qvendor_specific_keysyms
;
315 static Lisp_Object Qlatin_1
;
317 extern XrmDatabase x_load_resources
P_ ((Display
*, char *, char *, char *));
318 extern int x_bitmap_mask
P_ ((FRAME_PTR
, int));
320 static int x_alloc_nearest_color_1
P_ ((Display
*, Colormap
, XColor
*));
321 static void x_set_window_size_1
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int, int));
322 static const XColor
*x_color_cells
P_ ((Display
*, int *));
323 static void x_update_window_end
P_ ((struct window
*, int, int));
324 void x_delete_display
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*));
326 static int x_io_error_quitter
P_ ((Display
*));
327 void x_catch_errors
P_ ((Display
*));
328 void x_uncatch_errors
P_ ((void));
329 void x_lower_frame
P_ ((struct frame
*));
330 void x_scroll_bar_clear
P_ ((struct frame
*));
331 int x_had_errors_p
P_ ((Display
*));
332 void x_wm_set_size_hint
P_ ((struct frame
*, long, int));
333 void x_raise_frame
P_ ((struct frame
*));
334 void x_set_window_size
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int, int));
335 void x_wm_set_window_state
P_ ((struct frame
*, int));
336 void x_wm_set_icon_pixmap
P_ ((struct frame
*, int));
337 void x_initialize
P_ ((void));
338 static void x_font_min_bounds
P_ ((XFontStruct
*, int *, int *));
339 static int x_compute_min_glyph_bounds
P_ ((struct frame
*));
340 static void x_update_end
P_ ((struct frame
*));
341 static void XTframe_up_to_date
P_ ((struct frame
*));
342 static void XTset_terminal_modes
P_ ((void));
343 static void XTreset_terminal_modes
P_ ((void));
344 static void x_clear_frame
P_ ((void));
345 static void frame_highlight
P_ ((struct frame
*));
346 static void frame_unhighlight
P_ ((struct frame
*));
347 static void x_new_focus_frame
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*, struct frame
*));
348 static void x_focus_changed
P_ ((int, int, struct x_display_info
*,
349 struct frame
*, struct input_event
*));
350 static void x_detect_focus_change
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*,
351 XEvent
*, struct input_event
*));
352 static void XTframe_rehighlight
P_ ((struct frame
*));
353 static void x_frame_rehighlight
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*));
354 static void x_draw_hollow_cursor
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*));
355 static void x_draw_bar_cursor
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*, int,
356 enum text_cursor_kinds
));
358 static void x_clip_to_row
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*, int, GC
));
359 static void x_flush
P_ ((struct frame
*f
));
360 static void x_update_begin
P_ ((struct frame
*));
361 static void x_update_window_begin
P_ ((struct window
*));
362 static void x_after_update_window_line
P_ ((struct glyph_row
*));
363 static struct scroll_bar
*x_window_to_scroll_bar
P_ ((Display
*, Window
));
364 static void x_scroll_bar_report_motion
P_ ((struct frame
**, Lisp_Object
*,
365 enum scroll_bar_part
*,
366 Lisp_Object
*, Lisp_Object
*,
368 static void x_check_fullscreen
P_ ((struct frame
*));
369 static void x_check_expected_move
P_ ((struct frame
*));
370 static int handle_one_xevent
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*, XEvent
*,
371 int *, struct input_event
*));
374 /* Flush display of frame F, or of all frames if F is null. */
383 Lisp_Object rest
, frame
;
384 FOR_EACH_FRAME (rest
, frame
)
385 x_flush (XFRAME (frame
));
387 else if (FRAME_X_P (f
))
388 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
393 /* Remove calls to XFlush by defining XFlush to an empty replacement.
394 Calls to XFlush should be unnecessary because the X output buffer
395 is flushed automatically as needed by calls to XPending,
396 XNextEvent, or XWindowEvent according to the XFlush man page.
397 XTread_socket calls XPending. Removing XFlush improves
400 #define XFlush(DISPLAY) (void) 0
403 /***********************************************************************
405 ***********************************************************************/
409 /* This is a function useful for recording debugging information about
410 the sequence of occurrences in this file. */
418 struct record event_record
[100];
420 int event_record_index
;
422 record_event (locus
, type
)
426 if (event_record_index
== sizeof (event_record
) / sizeof (struct record
))
427 event_record_index
= 0;
429 event_record
[event_record_index
].locus
= locus
;
430 event_record
[event_record_index
].type
= type
;
431 event_record_index
++;
438 /* Return the struct x_display_info corresponding to DPY. */
440 struct x_display_info
*
441 x_display_info_for_display (dpy
)
444 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
446 for (dpyinfo
= x_display_list
; dpyinfo
; dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
)
447 if (dpyinfo
->display
== dpy
)
455 /***********************************************************************
456 Starting and ending an update
457 ***********************************************************************/
459 /* Start an update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook
460 for update_begin, i.e. it is called when update_begin is called.
461 This function is called prior to calls to x_update_window_begin for
462 each window being updated. Currently, there is nothing to do here
463 because all interesting stuff is done on a window basis. */
473 /* Start update of window W. Set the global variable updated_window
474 to the window being updated and set output_cursor to the cursor
478 x_update_window_begin (w
)
481 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
482 struct x_display_info
*display_info
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
485 set_output_cursor (&w
->cursor
);
489 if (f
== display_info
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
491 /* Don't do highlighting for mouse motion during the update. */
492 display_info
->mouse_face_defer
= 1;
494 /* If F needs to be redrawn, simply forget about any prior mouse
496 if (FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f
))
497 display_info
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
499 #if 0 /* Rows in a current matrix containing glyphs in mouse-face have
500 their mouse_face_p flag set, which means that they are always
501 unequal to rows in a desired matrix which never have that
502 flag set. So, rows containing mouse-face glyphs are never
503 scrolled, and we don't have to switch the mouse highlight off
504 here to prevent it from being scrolled. */
506 /* Can we tell that this update does not affect the window
507 where the mouse highlight is? If so, no need to turn off.
508 Likewise, don't do anything if the frame is garbaged;
509 in that case, the frame's current matrix that we would use
510 is all wrong, and we will redisplay that line anyway. */
511 if (!NILP (display_info
->mouse_face_window
)
512 && w
== XWINDOW (display_info
->mouse_face_window
))
516 for (i
= 0; i
< w
->desired_matrix
->nrows
; ++i
)
517 if (MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (w
->desired_matrix
, i
))
520 if (i
< w
->desired_matrix
->nrows
)
521 clear_mouse_face (display_info
);
530 /* Draw a vertical window border from (x,y0) to (x,y1) */
533 x_draw_vertical_window_border (w
, x
, y0
, y1
)
537 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
540 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, VERTICAL_BORDER_FACE_ID
);
542 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
545 XDrawLine (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
546 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, x
, y0
, x
, y1
);
549 /* End update of window W (which is equal to updated_window).
551 Draw vertical borders between horizontally adjacent windows, and
552 display W's cursor if CURSOR_ON_P is non-zero.
554 MOUSE_FACE_OVERWRITTEN_P non-zero means that some row containing
555 glyphs in mouse-face were overwritten. In that case we have to
556 make sure that the mouse-highlight is properly redrawn.
558 W may be a menu bar pseudo-window in case we don't have X toolkit
559 support. Such windows don't have a cursor, so don't display it
563 x_update_window_end (w
, cursor_on_p
, mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
565 int cursor_on_p
, mouse_face_overwritten_p
;
567 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (w
->frame
));
569 if (!w
->pseudo_window_p
)
574 display_and_set_cursor (w
, 1, output_cursor
.hpos
,
576 output_cursor
.x
, output_cursor
.y
);
578 if (draw_window_fringes (w
, 1))
579 x_draw_vertical_border (w
);
584 /* If a row with mouse-face was overwritten, arrange for
585 XTframe_up_to_date to redisplay the mouse highlight. */
586 if (mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
588 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
589 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
590 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
593 updated_window
= NULL
;
597 /* End update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook in
604 /* Mouse highlight may be displayed again. */
605 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->mouse_face_defer
= 0;
609 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
615 /* This function is called from various places in xdisp.c whenever a
616 complete update has been performed. The global variable
617 updated_window is not available here. */
620 XTframe_up_to_date (f
)
625 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
627 if (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
628 || f
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
631 if (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
632 note_mouse_highlight (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
,
633 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_x
,
634 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_y
);
635 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
642 /* Draw truncation mark bitmaps, continuation mark bitmaps, overlay
643 arrow bitmaps, or clear the fringes if no bitmaps are required
644 before DESIRED_ROW is made current. The window being updated is
645 found in updated_window. This function It is called from
646 update_window_line only if it is known that there are differences
647 between bitmaps to be drawn between current row and DESIRED_ROW. */
650 x_after_update_window_line (desired_row
)
651 struct glyph_row
*desired_row
;
653 struct window
*w
= updated_window
;
659 if (!desired_row
->mode_line_p
&& !w
->pseudo_window_p
)
660 desired_row
->redraw_fringe_bitmaps_p
= 1;
662 /* When a window has disappeared, make sure that no rest of
663 full-width rows stays visible in the internal border. Could
664 check here if updated_window is the leftmost/rightmost window,
665 but I guess it's not worth doing since vertically split windows
666 are almost never used, internal border is rarely set, and the
667 overhead is very small. */
668 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
669 && desired_row
->full_width_p
670 && (f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
),
671 width
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
673 && (height
= desired_row
->visible_height
,
676 int y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, desired_row
->y
));
678 /* Internal border is drawn below the tool bar. */
679 if (WINDOWP (f
->tool_bar_window
)
680 && w
== XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
))
684 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
685 0, y
, width
, height
, False
);
686 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
687 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - width
,
688 y
, width
, height
, False
);
694 x_draw_fringe_bitmap (w
, row
, p
)
696 struct glyph_row
*row
;
697 struct draw_fringe_bitmap_params
*p
;
699 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
700 Display
*display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
701 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
702 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
703 struct face
*face
= p
->face
;
706 /* Must clip because of partially visible lines. */
707 rowY
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, row
->y
);
710 /* Adjust position of "bottom aligned" bitmap on partially
713 int oldVH
= row
->visible_height
;
714 row
->visible_height
= p
->h
;
715 row
->y
-= rowY
- p
->y
;
716 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, -1, gc
);
718 row
->visible_height
= oldVH
;
721 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, -1, gc
);
723 if (p
->bx
>= 0 && !p
->overlay_p
)
725 /* In case the same realized face is used for fringes and
726 for something displayed in the text (e.g. face `region' on
727 mono-displays, the fill style may have been changed to
728 FillSolid in x_draw_glyph_string_background. */
730 XSetFillStyle (display
, face
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
732 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->background
);
734 XFillRectangle (display
, window
, face
->gc
,
735 p
->bx
, p
->by
, p
->nx
, p
->ny
);
738 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->foreground
);
744 Pixmap pixmap
, clipmask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
745 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (FRAME_X_SCREEN (f
));
749 bits
= (unsigned char *)(p
->bits
+ p
->dh
);
751 bits
= (unsigned char *)p
->bits
+ p
->dh
;
753 /* Draw the bitmap. I believe these small pixmaps can be cached
755 pixmap
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
, window
, bits
, p
->wd
, p
->h
,
757 ? (p
->overlay_p
? face
->background
758 : f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
760 face
->background
, depth
);
764 clipmask
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
,
765 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
,
768 gcv
.clip_mask
= clipmask
;
769 gcv
.clip_x_origin
= p
->x
;
770 gcv
.clip_y_origin
= p
->y
;
771 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
, &gcv
);
774 XCopyArea (display
, pixmap
, window
, gc
, 0, 0,
775 p
->wd
, p
->h
, p
->x
, p
->y
);
776 XFreePixmap (display
, pixmap
);
780 gcv
.clip_mask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
781 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
, &gcv
);
782 XFreePixmap (display
, clipmask
);
786 XSetClipMask (display
, gc
, None
);
791 /* This is called when starting Emacs and when restarting after
792 suspend. When starting Emacs, no X window is mapped. And nothing
793 must be done to Emacs's own window if it is suspended (though that
797 XTset_terminal_modes ()
801 /* This is called when exiting or suspending Emacs. Exiting will make
802 the X-windows go away, and suspending requires no action. */
805 XTreset_terminal_modes ()
811 /***********************************************************************
813 ***********************************************************************/
815 /* Function prototypes of this page. */
817 static int x_encode_char
P_ ((int, XChar2b
*, struct font_info
*, int *));
820 /* Get metrics of character CHAR2B in FONT. Value is null if CHAR2B
821 is not contained in the font. */
824 x_per_char_metric (font
, char2b
, font_type
)
827 int font_type
; /* unused on X */
829 /* The result metric information. */
830 XCharStruct
*pcm
= NULL
;
832 xassert (font
&& char2b
);
834 if (font
->per_char
!= NULL
)
836 if (font
->min_byte1
== 0 && font
->max_byte1
== 0)
838 /* min_char_or_byte2 specifies the linear character index
839 corresponding to the first element of the per_char array,
840 max_char_or_byte2 is the index of the last character. A
841 character with non-zero CHAR2B->byte1 is not in the font.
842 A character with byte2 less than min_char_or_byte2 or
843 greater max_char_or_byte2 is not in the font. */
844 if (char2b
->byte1
== 0
845 && char2b
->byte2
>= font
->min_char_or_byte2
846 && char2b
->byte2
<= font
->max_char_or_byte2
)
847 pcm
= font
->per_char
+ char2b
->byte2
- font
->min_char_or_byte2
;
851 /* If either min_byte1 or max_byte1 are nonzero, both
852 min_char_or_byte2 and max_char_or_byte2 are less than
853 256, and the 2-byte character index values corresponding
854 to the per_char array element N (counting from 0) are:
856 byte1 = N/D + min_byte1
857 byte2 = N\D + min_char_or_byte2
861 D = max_char_or_byte2 - min_char_or_byte2 + 1
863 \ = integer modulus */
864 if (char2b
->byte1
>= font
->min_byte1
865 && char2b
->byte1
<= font
->max_byte1
866 && char2b
->byte2
>= font
->min_char_or_byte2
867 && char2b
->byte2
<= font
->max_char_or_byte2
)
869 pcm
= (font
->per_char
870 + ((font
->max_char_or_byte2
- font
->min_char_or_byte2
+ 1)
871 * (char2b
->byte1
- font
->min_byte1
))
872 + (char2b
->byte2
- font
->min_char_or_byte2
));
878 /* If the per_char pointer is null, all glyphs between the first
879 and last character indexes inclusive have the same
880 information, as given by both min_bounds and max_bounds. */
881 if (char2b
->byte2
>= font
->min_char_or_byte2
882 && char2b
->byte2
<= font
->max_char_or_byte2
)
883 pcm
= &font
->max_bounds
;
887 || (pcm
->width
== 0 && (pcm
->rbearing
- pcm
->lbearing
) == 0))
892 /* Encode CHAR2B using encoding information from FONT_INFO. CHAR2B is
893 the two-byte form of C. Encoding is returned in *CHAR2B. */
896 x_encode_char (c
, char2b
, font_info
, two_byte_p
)
899 struct font_info
*font_info
;
902 int charset
= CHAR_CHARSET (c
);
903 XFontStruct
*font
= font_info
->font
;
905 /* FONT_INFO may define a scheme by which to encode byte1 and byte2.
906 This may be either a program in a special encoder language or a
908 if (font_info
->font_encoder
)
910 /* It's a program. */
911 struct ccl_program
*ccl
= font_info
->font_encoder
;
913 check_ccl_update (ccl
);
914 if (CHARSET_DIMENSION (charset
) == 1)
916 ccl
->reg
[0] = charset
;
917 ccl
->reg
[1] = char2b
->byte2
;
922 ccl
->reg
[0] = charset
;
923 ccl
->reg
[1] = char2b
->byte1
;
924 ccl
->reg
[2] = char2b
->byte2
;
927 ccl_driver (ccl
, NULL
, NULL
, 0, 0, NULL
);
929 /* We assume that MSBs are appropriately set/reset by CCL
931 if (font
->max_byte1
== 0) /* 1-byte font */
932 char2b
->byte1
= 0, char2b
->byte2
= ccl
->reg
[1];
934 char2b
->byte1
= ccl
->reg
[1], char2b
->byte2
= ccl
->reg
[2];
936 else if (font_info
->encoding
[charset
])
938 /* Fixed encoding scheme. See fontset.h for the meaning of the
940 int enc
= font_info
->encoding
[charset
];
942 if ((enc
== 1 || enc
== 2)
943 && CHARSET_DIMENSION (charset
) == 2)
944 char2b
->byte1
|= 0x80;
946 if (enc
== 1 || enc
== 3)
947 char2b
->byte2
|= 0x80;
951 *two_byte_p
= ((XFontStruct
*) (font_info
->font
))->max_byte1
> 0;
953 return FONT_TYPE_UNKNOWN
;
958 /***********************************************************************
960 ***********************************************************************/
964 static void x_set_glyph_string_clipping
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
965 static void x_set_glyph_string_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
966 static void x_draw_glyph_string_background
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*,
968 static void x_draw_glyph_string_foreground
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
969 static void x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
970 static void x_draw_glyph_string_box
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
971 static void x_draw_glyph_string
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
972 static void x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
973 static void x_set_cursor_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
974 static void x_set_mode_line_face_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
975 static void x_set_mouse_face_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
976 static int x_alloc_lighter_color
P_ ((struct frame
*, Display
*, Colormap
,
977 unsigned long *, double, int));
978 static void x_setup_relief_color
P_ ((struct frame
*, struct relief
*,
979 double, int, unsigned long));
980 static void x_setup_relief_colors
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
981 static void x_draw_image_glyph_string
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
982 static void x_draw_image_relief
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
983 static void x_draw_image_foreground
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
984 static void x_draw_image_foreground_1
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*, Pixmap
));
985 static void x_clear_glyph_string_rect
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*, int,
987 static void x_draw_relief_rect
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int, int, int,
988 int, int, int, int, int, int,
990 static void x_draw_box_rect
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*, int, int, int, int,
991 int, int, int, XRectangle
*));
994 static void x_check_font
P_ ((struct frame
*, XFontStruct
*));
998 /* Set S->gc to a suitable GC for drawing glyph string S in cursor
1003 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1005 if (s
->font
== FRAME_FONT (s
->f
)
1006 && s
->face
->background
== FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
1007 && s
->face
->foreground
== FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
1009 s
->gc
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_gc
;
1012 /* Cursor on non-default face: must merge. */
1016 xgcv
.background
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
1017 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
1019 /* If the glyph would be invisible, try a different foreground. */
1020 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
1021 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1022 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
1023 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
;
1024 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
1025 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1027 /* Make sure the cursor is distinct from text in this face. */
1028 if (xgcv
.background
== s
->face
->background
1029 && xgcv
.foreground
== s
->face
->foreground
)
1031 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1032 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
1035 IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s
->f
, s
->font
));
1036 xgcv
.font
= s
->font
->fid
;
1037 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1038 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCFont
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1040 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
1041 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
1044 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
1045 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1047 s
->gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
1052 /* Set up S->gc of glyph string S for drawing text in mouse face. */
1055 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
)
1056 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1061 /* What face has to be used last for the mouse face? */
1062 face_id
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->mouse_face_face_id
;
1063 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
1065 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, MOUSE_FACE_ID
);
1067 if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
1068 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, s
->first_glyph
->u
.ch
);
1070 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, 0);
1071 s
->face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
1072 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
1074 /* If font in this face is same as S->font, use it. */
1075 if (s
->font
== s
->face
->font
)
1076 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1079 /* Otherwise construct scratch_cursor_gc with values from FACE
1084 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->background
;
1085 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1086 IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s
->f
, s
->font
));
1087 xgcv
.font
= s
->font
->fid
;
1088 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1089 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCFont
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1091 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
1092 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
1095 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
1096 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1098 s
->gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
1101 xassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
1105 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S to a GC suitable for drawing a mode line.
1106 Faces to use in the mode line have already been computed when the
1107 matrix was built, so there isn't much to do, here. */
1110 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s
)
1111 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1113 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1117 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S for drawing that glyph string. Set
1118 S->stippled_p to a non-zero value if the face of S has a stipple
1122 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
)
1123 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1125 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
1127 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
)
1129 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1130 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1132 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO
)
1134 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s
);
1135 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1137 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
1139 x_set_cursor_gc (s
);
1142 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
)
1144 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
1145 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1147 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
1148 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
1150 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1151 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1155 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1156 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1159 /* GC must have been set. */
1160 xassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
1164 /* Set clipping for output of glyph string S. S may be part of a mode
1165 line or menu if we don't have X toolkit support. */
1168 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
)
1169 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1172 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
1173 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
1178 Compute left and right overhang of glyph string S. If S is a glyph
1179 string for a composition, assume overhangs don't exist. */
1182 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (s
)
1183 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1186 && s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
1189 int direction
, font_ascent
, font_descent
;
1190 XTextExtents16 (s
->font
, s
->char2b
, s
->nchars
, &direction
,
1191 &font_ascent
, &font_descent
, &cs
);
1192 s
->right_overhang
= cs
.rbearing
> cs
.width
? cs
.rbearing
- cs
.width
: 0;
1193 s
->left_overhang
= cs
.lbearing
< 0 ? -cs
.lbearing
: 0;
1198 /* Fill rectangle X, Y, W, H with background color of glyph string S. */
1201 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
)
1202 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1206 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
1207 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
1208 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
1209 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
1213 /* Draw the background of glyph_string S. If S->background_filled_p
1214 is non-zero don't draw it. FORCE_P non-zero means draw the
1215 background even if it wouldn't be drawn normally. This is used
1216 when a string preceding S draws into the background of S, or S
1217 contains the first component of a composition. */
1220 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, force_p
)
1221 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1224 /* Nothing to do if background has already been drawn or if it
1225 shouldn't be drawn in the first place. */
1226 if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
1228 int box_line_width
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
1232 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
1233 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
1234 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
,
1235 s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1236 s
->background_width
,
1237 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1238 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
1239 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
1241 else if (FONT_HEIGHT (s
->font
) < s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
1242 || s
->font_not_found_p
1243 || s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
1246 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1247 s
->background_width
,
1248 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1249 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
1255 /* Draw the foreground of glyph string S. */
1258 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s
)
1259 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1263 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1264 of S to the right of that box line. */
1265 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1266 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1267 x
= s
->x
+ abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1271 /* Draw characters of S as rectangles if S's font could not be
1273 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1275 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; ++i
)
1277 struct glyph
*g
= s
->first_glyph
+ i
;
1278 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
,
1279 s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
, g
->pixel_width
- 1,
1281 x
+= g
->pixel_width
;
1286 char *char1b
= (char *) s
->char2b
;
1287 int boff
= s
->font_info
->baseline_offset
;
1289 if (s
->font_info
->vertical_centering
)
1290 boff
= VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (s
->font
, s
->f
) - boff
;
1292 /* If we can use 8-bit functions, condense S->char2b. */
1294 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; ++i
)
1295 char1b
[i
] = s
->char2b
[i
].byte2
;
1297 /* Draw text with XDrawString if background has already been
1298 filled. Otherwise, use XDrawImageString. (Note that
1299 XDrawImageString is usually faster than XDrawString.) Always
1300 use XDrawImageString when drawing the cursor so that there is
1301 no chance that characters under a box cursor are invisible. */
1303 || (s
->background_filled_p
&& s
->hl
!= DRAW_CURSOR
))
1305 /* Draw characters with 16-bit or 8-bit functions. */
1307 XDrawString16 (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
,
1308 s
->ybase
- boff
, s
->char2b
, s
->nchars
);
1310 XDrawString (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
,
1311 s
->ybase
- boff
, char1b
, s
->nchars
);
1316 XDrawImageString16 (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
,
1317 s
->ybase
- boff
, s
->char2b
, s
->nchars
);
1319 XDrawImageString (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
,
1320 s
->ybase
- boff
, char1b
, s
->nchars
);
1323 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1325 /* For overstriking (to simulate bold-face), draw the
1326 characters again shifted to the right by one pixel. */
1328 XDrawString16 (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
+ 1,
1329 s
->ybase
- boff
, s
->char2b
, s
->nchars
);
1331 XDrawString (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
+ 1,
1332 s
->ybase
- boff
, char1b
, s
->nchars
);
1337 /* Draw the foreground of composite glyph string S. */
1340 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s
)
1341 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1345 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1346 of S to the right of that box line. */
1347 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1348 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1349 x
= s
->x
+ abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1353 /* S is a glyph string for a composition. S->gidx is the index of
1354 the first character drawn for glyphs of this composition.
1355 S->gidx == 0 means we are drawing the very first character of
1356 this composition. */
1358 /* Draw a rectangle for the composition if the font for the very
1359 first character of the composition could not be loaded. */
1360 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1363 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
,
1364 s
->width
- 1, s
->height
- 1);
1368 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++, ++s
->gidx
)
1370 XDrawString16 (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
1371 x
+ s
->cmp
->offsets
[s
->gidx
* 2],
1372 s
->ybase
- s
->cmp
->offsets
[s
->gidx
* 2 + 1],
1374 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1375 XDrawString16 (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
1376 x
+ s
->cmp
->offsets
[s
->gidx
* 2] + 1,
1377 s
->ybase
- s
->cmp
->offsets
[s
->gidx
* 2 + 1],
1384 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
1386 static struct frame
*x_frame_of_widget
P_ ((Widget
));
1387 static Boolean cvt_string_to_pixel
P_ ((Display
*, XrmValue
*, Cardinal
*,
1388 XrmValue
*, XrmValue
*, XtPointer
*));
1389 static void cvt_pixel_dtor
P_ ((XtAppContext
, XrmValue
*, XtPointer
,
1390 XrmValue
*, Cardinal
*));
1393 /* Return the frame on which widget WIDGET is used.. Abort if frame
1394 cannot be determined. */
1396 static struct frame
*
1397 x_frame_of_widget (widget
)
1400 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
1404 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (XtDisplay (widget
));
1406 /* Find the top-level shell of the widget. Note that this function
1407 can be called when the widget is not yet realized, so XtWindow
1408 (widget) == 0. That's the reason we can't simply use
1409 x_any_window_to_frame. */
1410 while (!XtIsTopLevelShell (widget
))
1411 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
1413 /* Look for a frame with that top-level widget. Allocate the color
1414 on that frame to get the right gamma correction value. */
1415 for (tail
= Vframe_list
; GC_CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
1416 if (GC_FRAMEP (XCAR (tail
))
1417 && (f
= XFRAME (XCAR (tail
)),
1418 (f
->output_data
.nothing
!= 1
1419 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
))
1420 && f
->output_data
.x
->widget
== widget
)
1427 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on the screen and display of
1428 widget WIDGET in colormap CMAP. If an exact match cannot be
1429 allocated, try the nearest color available. Value is non-zero
1430 if successful. This is called from lwlib. */
1433 x_alloc_nearest_color_for_widget (widget
, cmap
, color
)
1438 struct frame
*f
= x_frame_of_widget (widget
);
1439 return x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, color
);
1443 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
1444 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
1445 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
1446 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
1447 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
1448 Value is non-zero if successful. */
1451 x_alloc_lighter_color_for_widget (widget
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
)
1455 unsigned long *pixel
;
1459 struct frame
*f
= x_frame_of_widget (widget
);
1460 return x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
);
1464 /* Structure specifying which arguments should be passed by Xt to
1465 cvt_string_to_pixel. We want the widget's screen and colormap. */
1467 static XtConvertArgRec cvt_string_to_pixel_args
[] =
1469 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.screen
),
1471 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.colormap
),
1476 /* The address of this variable is returned by
1477 cvt_string_to_pixel. */
1479 static Pixel cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
1482 /* Convert a color name to a pixel color.
1484 DPY is the display we are working on.
1486 ARGS is an array of *NARGS XrmValue structures holding additional
1487 information about the widget for which the conversion takes place.
1488 The contents of this array are determined by the specification
1489 in cvt_string_to_pixel_args.
1491 FROM is a pointer to an XrmValue which points to the color name to
1492 convert. TO is an XrmValue in which to return the pixel color.
1494 CLOSURE_RET is a pointer to user-data, in which we record if
1495 we allocated the color or not.
1497 Value is True if successful, False otherwise. */
1500 cvt_string_to_pixel (dpy
, args
, nargs
, from
, to
, closure_ret
)
1504 XrmValue
*from
, *to
;
1505 XtPointer
*closure_ret
;
1515 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
1516 "wrongParameters", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
1518 "Screen and colormap args required", NULL
, NULL
);
1522 screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
1523 cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
1524 color_name
= (String
) from
->addr
;
1526 if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultBackground
) == 0)
1528 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
1529 pixel
= WhitePixelOfScreen (screen
);
1531 else if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultForeground
) == 0)
1533 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
1534 pixel
= BlackPixelOfScreen (screen
);
1536 else if (XParseColor (dpy
, cmap
, color_name
, &color
)
1537 && x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (dpy
, cmap
, &color
))
1539 pixel
= color
.pixel
;
1540 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) True
;
1545 Cardinal nparams
= 1;
1547 params
[0] = color_name
;
1548 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
1549 "badValue", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
1550 "XtToolkitError", "Invalid color `%s'",
1555 if (to
->addr
!= NULL
)
1557 if (to
->size
< sizeof (Pixel
))
1559 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
1563 *(Pixel
*) to
->addr
= pixel
;
1567 cvt_string_to_pixel_value
= pixel
;
1568 to
->addr
= (XtPointer
) &cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
1571 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
1576 /* Free a pixel color which was previously allocated via
1577 cvt_string_to_pixel. This is registered as the destructor
1578 for this type of resource via XtSetTypeConverter.
1580 APP is the application context in which we work.
1582 TO is a pointer to an XrmValue holding the color to free.
1583 CLOSURE is the value we stored in CLOSURE_RET for this color
1584 in cvt_string_to_pixel.
1586 ARGS and NARGS are like for cvt_string_to_pixel. */
1589 cvt_pixel_dtor (app
, to
, closure
, args
, nargs
)
1598 XtAppWarningMsg (app
, "wrongParameters", "cvt_pixel_dtor",
1600 "Screen and colormap arguments required",
1603 else if (closure
!= NULL
)
1605 /* We did allocate the pixel, so free it. */
1606 Screen
*screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
1607 Colormap cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
1608 x_free_dpy_colors (DisplayOfScreen (screen
), screen
, cmap
,
1609 (Pixel
*) to
->addr
, 1);
1614 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
1617 /* Value is an array of XColor structures for the contents of the
1618 color map of display DPY. Set *NCELLS to the size of the array.
1619 Note that this probably shouldn't be called for large color maps,
1620 say a 24-bit TrueColor map. */
1622 static const XColor
*
1623 x_color_cells (dpy
, ncells
)
1627 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
1629 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
== NULL
)
1631 Screen
*screen
= dpyinfo
->screen
;
1634 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
1635 = XDisplayCells (dpy
, XScreenNumberOfScreen (screen
));
1636 dpyinfo
->color_cells
1637 = (XColor
*) xmalloc (dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
1638 * sizeof *dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
1640 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
; ++i
)
1641 dpyinfo
->color_cells
[i
].pixel
= i
;
1643 XQueryColors (dpy
, dpyinfo
->cmap
,
1644 dpyinfo
->color_cells
, dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
);
1647 *ncells
= dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
;
1648 return dpyinfo
->color_cells
;
1652 /* On frame F, translate pixel colors to RGB values for the NCOLORS
1653 colors in COLORS. Use cached information, if available. */
1656 x_query_colors (f
, colors
, ncolors
)
1661 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
1663 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
)
1666 for (i
= 0; i
< ncolors
; ++i
)
1668 unsigned long pixel
= colors
[i
].pixel
;
1669 xassert (pixel
< dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
);
1670 xassert (dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
].pixel
== pixel
);
1671 colors
[i
] = dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
];
1675 XQueryColors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), colors
, ncolors
);
1679 /* On frame F, translate pixel color to RGB values for the color in
1680 COLOR. Use cached information, if available. */
1683 x_query_color (f
, color
)
1687 x_query_colors (f
, color
, 1);
1691 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on DISPLAY, colormap CMAP. If an
1692 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
1693 Value is non-zero if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
1697 x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (dpy
, cmap
, color
)
1704 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
);
1707 /* If we got to this point, the colormap is full, so we're going
1708 to try to get the next closest color. The algorithm used is
1709 a least-squares matching, which is what X uses for closest
1710 color matching with StaticColor visuals. */
1712 unsigned long nearest_delta
= ~0;
1714 const XColor
*cells
= x_color_cells (dpy
, &ncells
);
1716 for (nearest
= i
= 0; i
< ncells
; ++i
)
1718 long dred
= (color
->red
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].red
>> 8);
1719 long dgreen
= (color
->green
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].green
>> 8);
1720 long dblue
= (color
->blue
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].blue
>> 8);
1721 unsigned long delta
= dred
* dred
+ dgreen
* dgreen
+ dblue
* dblue
;
1723 if (delta
< nearest_delta
)
1726 nearest_delta
= delta
;
1730 color
->red
= cells
[nearest
].red
;
1731 color
->green
= cells
[nearest
].green
;
1732 color
->blue
= cells
[nearest
].blue
;
1733 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
);
1737 /* If allocation succeeded, and the allocated pixel color is not
1738 equal to a cached pixel color recorded earlier, there was a
1739 change in the colormap, so clear the color cache. */
1740 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
1741 XColor
*cached_color
;
1743 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
1744 && (cached_color
= &dpyinfo
->color_cells
[color
->pixel
],
1745 (cached_color
->red
!= color
->red
1746 || cached_color
->blue
!= color
->blue
1747 || cached_color
->green
!= color
->green
)))
1749 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
1750 dpyinfo
->color_cells
= NULL
;
1751 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
= 0;
1755 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1757 register_color (color
->pixel
);
1758 #endif /* DEBUG_X_COLORS */
1764 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on frame F, colormap CMAP. If an
1765 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
1766 Value is non-zero if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
1770 x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, color
)
1775 gamma_correct (f
, color
);
1776 return x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), cmap
, color
);
1780 /* Allocate color PIXEL on frame F. PIXEL must already be allocated.
1781 It's necessary to do this instead of just using PIXEL directly to
1782 get color reference counts right. */
1785 x_copy_color (f
, pixel
)
1787 unsigned long pixel
;
1791 color
.pixel
= pixel
;
1793 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
1794 XAllocColor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), &color
);
1796 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1797 register_color (pixel
);
1803 /* Allocate color PIXEL on display DPY. PIXEL must already be allocated.
1804 It's necessary to do this instead of just using PIXEL directly to
1805 get color reference counts right. */
1808 x_copy_dpy_color (dpy
, cmap
, pixel
)
1811 unsigned long pixel
;
1815 color
.pixel
= pixel
;
1817 XQueryColor (dpy
, cmap
, &color
);
1818 XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, &color
);
1820 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1821 register_color (pixel
);
1827 /* Brightness beyond which a color won't have its highlight brightness
1830 Nominally, highlight colors for `3d' faces are calculated by
1831 brightening an object's color by a constant scale factor, but this
1832 doesn't yield good results for dark colors, so for colors who's
1833 brightness is less than this value (on a scale of 0-65535) have an
1834 use an additional additive factor.
1836 The value here is set so that the default menu-bar/mode-line color
1837 (grey75) will not have its highlights changed at all. */
1838 #define HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT 48000
1841 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
1842 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
1843 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
1844 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
1845 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
1846 Value is non-zero if successful. */
1849 x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
)
1853 unsigned long *pixel
;
1861 /* Get RGB color values. */
1862 color
.pixel
= *pixel
;
1863 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
1865 /* Change RGB values by specified FACTOR. Avoid overflow! */
1866 xassert (factor
>= 0);
1867 new.red
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.red
);
1868 new.green
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.green
);
1869 new.blue
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.blue
);
1871 /* Calculate brightness of COLOR. */
1872 bright
= (2 * color
.red
+ 3 * color
.green
+ color
.blue
) / 6;
1874 /* We only boost colors that are darker than
1875 HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT. */
1876 if (bright
< HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
)
1877 /* Make an additive adjustment to NEW, because it's dark enough so
1878 that scaling by FACTOR alone isn't enough. */
1880 /* How far below the limit this color is (0 - 1, 1 being darker). */
1881 double dimness
= 1 - (double)bright
/ HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
;
1882 /* The additive adjustment. */
1883 int min_delta
= delta
* dimness
* factor
/ 2;
1887 new.red
= max (0, new.red
- min_delta
);
1888 new.green
= max (0, new.green
- min_delta
);
1889 new.blue
= max (0, new.blue
- min_delta
);
1893 new.red
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.red
);
1894 new.green
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.green
);
1895 new.blue
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.blue
);
1899 /* Try to allocate the color. */
1900 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
1903 if (new.pixel
== *pixel
)
1905 /* If we end up with the same color as before, try adding
1906 delta to the RGB values. */
1907 x_free_colors (f
, &new.pixel
, 1);
1909 new.red
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.red
);
1910 new.green
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.green
);
1911 new.blue
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.blue
);
1912 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
1923 /* Set up the foreground color for drawing relief lines of glyph
1924 string S. RELIEF is a pointer to a struct relief containing the GC
1925 with which lines will be drawn. Use a color that is FACTOR or
1926 DELTA lighter or darker than the relief's background which is found
1927 in S->f->output_data.x->relief_background. If such a color cannot
1928 be allocated, use DEFAULT_PIXEL, instead. */
1931 x_setup_relief_color (f
, relief
, factor
, delta
, default_pixel
)
1933 struct relief
*relief
;
1936 unsigned long default_pixel
;
1939 struct x_output
*di
= f
->output_data
.x
;
1940 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCLineWidth
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1941 unsigned long pixel
;
1942 unsigned long background
= di
->relief_background
;
1943 Colormap cmap
= FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
);
1944 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
1945 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
1947 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1948 xgcv
.line_width
= 1;
1950 /* Free previously allocated color. The color cell will be reused
1951 when it has been freed as many times as it was allocated, so this
1952 doesn't affect faces using the same colors. */
1954 && relief
->allocated_p
)
1956 x_free_colors (f
, &relief
->pixel
, 1);
1957 relief
->allocated_p
= 0;
1960 /* Allocate new color. */
1961 xgcv
.foreground
= default_pixel
;
1963 if (dpyinfo
->n_planes
!= 1
1964 && x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, dpy
, cmap
, &pixel
, factor
, delta
))
1966 relief
->allocated_p
= 1;
1967 xgcv
.foreground
= relief
->pixel
= pixel
;
1970 if (relief
->gc
== 0)
1972 xgcv
.stipple
= dpyinfo
->gray
;
1974 relief
->gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), mask
, &xgcv
);
1977 XChangeGC (dpy
, relief
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1981 /* Set up colors for the relief lines around glyph string S. */
1984 x_setup_relief_colors (s
)
1985 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1987 struct x_output
*di
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
;
1988 unsigned long color
;
1990 if (s
->face
->use_box_color_for_shadows_p
)
1991 color
= s
->face
->box_color
;
1992 else if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
1994 && !IMAGE_BACKGROUND_TRANSPARENT (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0))
1995 color
= IMAGE_BACKGROUND (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0);
2000 /* Get the background color of the face. */
2001 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
2002 color
= xgcv
.background
;
2005 if (di
->white_relief
.gc
== 0
2006 || color
!= di
->relief_background
)
2008 di
->relief_background
= color
;
2009 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->white_relief
, 1.2, 0x8000,
2010 WHITE_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
2011 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->black_relief
, 0.6, 0x4000,
2012 BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
2017 /* Draw a relief on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X,
2018 TOP_Y, RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the relief
2019 to draw, it must be >= 0. RAISED_P non-zero means draw a raised
2020 relief. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the left side of
2021 the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the right
2022 side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping rectangle to use
2026 x_draw_relief_rect (f
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2027 raised_p
, top_p
, bot_p
, left_p
, right_p
, clip_rect
)
2029 int left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
;
2030 int top_p
, bot_p
, left_p
, right_p
, raised_p
;
2031 XRectangle
*clip_rect
;
2033 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
2034 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
2039 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
2041 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
2042 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2046 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2047 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2048 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, top_y
+ i
,
2049 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, top_y
+ i
);
2053 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2054 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2055 left_x
+ i
, top_y
+ i
, left_x
+ i
, bottom_y
- i
+ 1);
2057 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
2059 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
2061 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
2062 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2066 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2067 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2068 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, bottom_y
- i
,
2069 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, bottom_y
- i
);
2073 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2074 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2075 right_x
- i
, top_y
+ i
+ 1, right_x
- i
, bottom_y
- i
);
2077 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
2081 /* Draw a box on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X, TOP_Y,
2082 RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the lines to
2083 draw, it must be >= 0. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a line on the
2084 left side of the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a line
2085 on the right side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping
2086 rectangle to use when drawing. */
2089 x_draw_box_rect (s
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2090 left_p
, right_p
, clip_rect
)
2091 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2092 int left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
, left_p
, right_p
;
2093 XRectangle
*clip_rect
;
2097 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2098 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->box_color
);
2099 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2102 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2103 left_x
, top_y
, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2107 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2108 left_x
, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2111 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2112 left_x
, bottom_y
- width
+ 1, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2116 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2117 right_x
- width
+ 1, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2119 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2120 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2124 /* Draw a box around glyph string S. */
2127 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
)
2128 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2130 int width
, left_x
, right_x
, top_y
, bottom_y
, last_x
, raised_p
;
2131 int left_p
, right_p
;
2132 struct glyph
*last_glyph
;
2133 XRectangle clip_rect
;
2135 last_x
= ((s
->row
->full_width_p
&& !s
->w
->pseudo_window_p
)
2136 ? WINDOW_RIGHT_EDGE_X (s
->w
)
2137 : window_box_right (s
->w
, s
->area
));
2139 /* The glyph that may have a right box line. */
2140 last_glyph
= (s
->cmp
|| s
->img
2142 : s
->first_glyph
+ s
->nchars
- 1);
2144 width
= abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2145 raised_p
= s
->face
->box
== FACE_RAISED_BOX
;
2147 right_x
= (s
->row
->full_width_p
&& s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
2149 : min (last_x
, s
->x
+ s
->background_width
) - 1);
2151 bottom_y
= top_y
+ s
->height
- 1;
2153 left_p
= (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2154 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2156 || s
->prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2157 right_p
= (last_glyph
->right_box_line_p
2158 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2160 || s
->next
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2162 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2164 if (s
->face
->box
== FACE_SIMPLE_BOX
)
2165 x_draw_box_rect (s
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2166 left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2169 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2170 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
,
2171 width
, raised_p
, 1, 1, left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2176 /* Draw foreground of image glyph string S. */
2179 x_draw_image_foreground (s
)
2180 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2183 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2185 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2186 right of that line. */
2187 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2188 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2190 x
+= abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2192 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2194 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2195 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2196 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2197 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2203 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2204 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2205 trust on the shape extension to be available
2206 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2208 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2211 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2213 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2214 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
;
2215 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
;
2216 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2217 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2219 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2222 image_rect
.width
= s
->slice
.width
;
2223 image_rect
.height
= s
->slice
.height
;
2224 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2225 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2226 s
->slice
.x
+ r
.x
- x
, s
->slice
.y
+ r
.y
- y
,
2227 r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2231 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2233 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2236 image_rect
.width
= s
->slice
.width
;
2237 image_rect
.height
= s
->slice
.height
;
2238 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2239 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2240 s
->slice
.x
+ r
.x
- x
, s
->slice
.y
+ r
.y
- y
,
2241 r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2243 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2244 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2245 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2246 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2247 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2248 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2249 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2251 int r
= s
->img
->relief
;
2253 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2255 s
->slice
.width
+ r
*2 - 1,
2256 s
->slice
.height
+ r
*2 - 1);
2261 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2262 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2263 s
->slice
.width
- 1, s
->slice
.height
- 1);
2267 /* Draw a relief around the image glyph string S. */
2270 x_draw_image_relief (s
)
2271 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2273 int x0
, y0
, x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
;
2276 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2278 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2279 right of that line. */
2280 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2281 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2283 x
+= abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2285 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2287 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2288 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2289 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2290 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2292 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
2293 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
)
2295 thick
= tool_bar_button_relief
>= 0 ? tool_bar_button_relief
: DEFAULT_TOOL_BAR_BUTTON_RELIEF
;
2296 raised_p
= s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
;
2300 thick
= abs (s
->img
->relief
);
2301 raised_p
= s
->img
->relief
> 0;
2306 x1
= x
+ s
->slice
.width
+ thick
- 1;
2307 y1
= y
+ s
->slice
.height
+ thick
- 1;
2309 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2310 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2311 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, x0
, y0
, x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
,
2313 s
->slice
.y
+ s
->slice
.height
== s
->img
->height
,
2315 s
->slice
.x
+ s
->slice
.width
== s
->img
->width
,
2320 /* Draw the foreground of image glyph string S to PIXMAP. */
2323 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (s
, pixmap
)
2324 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2328 int y
= s
->ybase
- s
->y
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2330 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2331 right of that line. */
2332 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2333 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2335 x
+= abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2337 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2339 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2340 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2341 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2342 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2348 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2349 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2350 trust on the shape extension to be available
2351 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2353 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2357 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2358 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
- s
->slice
.x
;
2359 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
- s
->slice
.y
;
2360 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2361 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2363 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2364 s
->slice
.x
, s
->slice
.y
,
2365 s
->slice
.width
, s
->slice
.height
, x
, y
);
2366 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2370 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2371 s
->slice
.x
, s
->slice
.y
,
2372 s
->slice
.width
, s
->slice
.height
, x
, y
);
2374 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2375 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2376 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2377 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2378 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2379 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2380 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2382 int r
= s
->img
->relief
;
2384 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
- r
, y
- r
,
2385 s
->slice
.width
+ r
*2 - 1,
2386 s
->slice
.height
+ r
*2 - 1);
2391 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2392 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2393 s
->slice
.width
- 1, s
->slice
.height
- 1);
2397 /* Draw part of the background of glyph string S. X, Y, W, and H
2398 give the rectangle to draw. */
2401 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
)
2402 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2407 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2408 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2409 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2410 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
2413 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2417 /* Draw image glyph string S.
2420 s->x +-------------------------
2423 | +-------------------------
2426 | | +-------------------
2432 x_draw_image_glyph_string (s
)
2433 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2435 int box_line_hwidth
= abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2436 int box_line_vwidth
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
2438 Pixmap pixmap
= None
;
2441 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2442 height
-= box_line_vwidth
;
2443 if (s
->slice
.y
+ s
->slice
.height
>= s
->img
->height
)
2444 height
-= box_line_vwidth
;
2446 /* Fill background with face under the image. Do it only if row is
2447 taller than image or if image has a clip mask to reduce
2449 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
2450 if (height
> s
->slice
.height
2454 || s
->img
->pixmap
== 0
2455 || s
->width
!= s
->background_width
)
2459 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. Fill it
2460 with the background color. Copy the image to it, using
2461 its mask. Copy the temporary pixmap to the display. */
2462 Screen
*screen
= FRAME_X_SCREEN (s
->f
);
2463 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (screen
);
2465 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. */
2466 pixmap
= XCreatePixmap (s
->display
, s
->window
,
2467 s
->background_width
,
2470 /* Don't clip in the following because we're working on the
2472 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2474 /* Fill the pixmap with the background color/stipple. */
2477 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2478 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2479 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2480 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
2481 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
2486 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
,
2488 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
2489 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2490 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
2491 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2499 if (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2501 x
+= box_line_hwidth
;
2503 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2504 y
+= box_line_vwidth
;
2506 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, y
, s
->background_width
, height
);
2509 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2512 /* Draw the foreground. */
2515 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (s
, pixmap
);
2516 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2517 XCopyArea (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2518 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
, s
->x
, s
->y
);
2519 XFreePixmap (s
->display
, pixmap
);
2522 x_draw_image_foreground (s
);
2524 /* If we must draw a relief around the image, do it. */
2526 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
2527 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
2528 x_draw_image_relief (s
);
2532 /* Draw stretch glyph string S. */
2535 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s
)
2536 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2538 xassert (s
->first_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
);
2539 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
2541 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
2542 && !x_stretch_cursor_p
)
2544 /* If `x-stretch-block-cursor' is nil, don't draw a block cursor
2545 as wide as the stretch glyph. */
2546 int width
= min (FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (s
->f
), s
->background_width
);
2549 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, s
->x
, s
->y
, width
, s
->height
);
2551 /* Clear rest using the GC of the original non-cursor face. */
2552 if (width
< s
->background_width
)
2554 int x
= s
->x
+ width
, y
= s
->y
;
2555 int w
= s
->background_width
- width
, h
= s
->height
;
2559 if (s
->row
->mouse_face_p
2560 && cursor_in_mouse_face_p (s
->w
))
2562 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
2568 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2569 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
2571 if (s
->face
->stipple
)
2573 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2574 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2575 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2576 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillSolid
);
2581 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
2582 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.background
);
2583 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2584 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2588 else if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
2589 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, s
->x
, s
->y
, s
->background_width
,
2592 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2596 /* Draw glyph string S. */
2599 x_draw_glyph_string (s
)
2600 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2602 int relief_drawn_p
= 0;
2604 /* If S draws into the background of its successor, draw the
2605 background of the successor first so that S can draw into it.
2606 This makes S->next use XDrawString instead of XDrawImageString. */
2607 if (s
->next
&& s
->right_overhang
&& !s
->for_overlaps
)
2609 xassert (s
->next
->img
== NULL
);
2610 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
->next
);
2611 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
->next
);
2612 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
->next
, 1);
2615 /* Set up S->gc, set clipping and draw S. */
2616 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
);
2618 /* Draw relief (if any) in advance for char/composition so that the
2619 glyph string can be drawn over it. */
2620 if (!s
->for_overlaps
2621 && s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2622 && (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
2623 || s
->first_glyph
->type
== COMPOSITE_GLYPH
))
2626 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2627 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2628 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
2629 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2633 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2635 switch (s
->first_glyph
->type
)
2638 x_draw_image_glyph_string (s
);
2642 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s
);
2646 if (s
->for_overlaps
)
2647 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2649 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 0);
2650 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2653 case COMPOSITE_GLYPH
:
2654 if (s
->for_overlaps
|| s
->gidx
> 0)
2655 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2657 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2658 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2665 if (!s
->for_overlaps
)
2667 /* Draw underline. */
2668 if (s
->face
->underline_p
)
2670 unsigned long tem
, h
;
2673 /* Get the underline thickness. Default is 1 pixel. */
2674 if (!XGetFontProperty (s
->font
, XA_UNDERLINE_THICKNESS
, &h
))
2677 /* Get the underline position. This is the recommended
2678 vertical offset in pixels from the baseline to the top of
2679 the underline. This is a signed value according to the
2680 specs, and its default is
2682 ROUND ((maximum descent) / 2), with
2683 ROUND(x) = floor (x + 0.5) */
2685 if (x_use_underline_position_properties
2686 && XGetFontProperty (s
->font
, XA_UNDERLINE_POSITION
, &tem
))
2687 y
= s
->ybase
+ (long) tem
;
2688 else if (s
->face
->font
)
2689 y
= s
->ybase
+ (s
->face
->font
->max_bounds
.descent
+ 1) / 2;
2691 y
= s
->y
+ s
->height
- h
;
2693 if (s
->face
->underline_defaulted_p
)
2694 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2695 s
->x
, y
, s
->width
, h
);
2699 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2700 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->underline_color
);
2701 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2702 s
->x
, y
, s
->width
, h
);
2703 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2707 /* Draw overline. */
2708 if (s
->face
->overline_p
)
2710 unsigned long dy
= 0, h
= 1;
2712 if (s
->face
->overline_color_defaulted_p
)
2713 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2718 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2719 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->overline_color
);
2720 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2722 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2726 /* Draw strike-through. */
2727 if (s
->face
->strike_through_p
)
2729 unsigned long h
= 1;
2730 unsigned long dy
= (s
->height
- h
) / 2;
2732 if (s
->face
->strike_through_color_defaulted_p
)
2733 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2738 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2739 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->strike_through_color
);
2740 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2742 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2746 /* Draw relief if not yet drawn. */
2747 if (!relief_drawn_p
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
)
2748 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
2751 /* Reset clipping. */
2752 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2755 /* Shift display to make room for inserted glyphs. */
2758 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert (f
, x
, y
, width
, height
, shift_by
)
2760 int x
, y
, width
, height
, shift_by
;
2762 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
2763 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
2764 x
, y
, width
, height
,
2768 /* Delete N glyphs at the nominal cursor position. Not implemented
2779 /* Like XClearArea, but check that WIDTH and HEIGHT are reasonable.
2780 If they are <= 0, this is probably an error. */
2783 x_clear_area (dpy
, window
, x
, y
, width
, height
, exposures
)
2790 xassert (width
> 0 && height
> 0);
2791 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, x
, y
, width
, height
, exposures
);
2795 /* Clear entire frame. If updating_frame is non-null, clear that
2796 frame. Otherwise clear the selected frame. */
2806 f
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
2808 /* Clearing the frame will erase any cursor, so mark them all as no
2810 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f
)));
2811 output_cursor
.hpos
= output_cursor
.vpos
= 0;
2812 output_cursor
.x
= -1;
2814 /* We don't set the output cursor here because there will always
2815 follow an explicit cursor_to. */
2817 XClearWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
2819 /* We have to clear the scroll bars, too. If we have changed
2820 colors or something like that, then they should be notified. */
2821 x_scroll_bar_clear (f
);
2823 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
2830 /* Invert the middle quarter of the frame for .15 sec. */
2832 /* We use the select system call to do the waiting, so we have to make
2833 sure it's available. If it isn't, we just won't do visual bells. */
2835 #if defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT)
2838 /* Subtract the `struct timeval' values X and Y, storing the result in
2839 *RESULT. Return 1 if the difference is negative, otherwise 0. */
2842 timeval_subtract (result
, x
, y
)
2843 struct timeval
*result
, x
, y
;
2845 /* Perform the carry for the later subtraction by updating y. This
2846 is safer because on some systems the tv_sec member is unsigned. */
2847 if (x
.tv_usec
< y
.tv_usec
)
2849 int nsec
= (y
.tv_usec
- x
.tv_usec
) / 1000000 + 1;
2850 y
.tv_usec
-= 1000000 * nsec
;
2854 if (x
.tv_usec
- y
.tv_usec
> 1000000)
2856 int nsec
= (y
.tv_usec
- x
.tv_usec
) / 1000000;
2857 y
.tv_usec
+= 1000000 * nsec
;
2861 /* Compute the time remaining to wait. tv_usec is certainly
2863 result
->tv_sec
= x
.tv_sec
- y
.tv_sec
;
2864 result
->tv_usec
= x
.tv_usec
- y
.tv_usec
;
2866 /* Return indication of whether the result should be considered
2868 return x
.tv_sec
< y
.tv_sec
;
2880 /* Create a GC that will use the GXxor function to flip foreground
2881 pixels into background pixels. */
2885 values
.function
= GXxor
;
2886 values
.foreground
= (f
->output_data
.x
->foreground_pixel
2887 ^ f
->output_data
.x
->background_pixel
);
2889 gc
= XCreateGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
2890 GCFunction
| GCForeground
, &values
);
2894 /* Get the height not including a menu bar widget. */
2895 int height
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, FRAME_LINES (f
));
2896 /* Height of each line to flash. */
2897 int flash_height
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
2898 /* These will be the left and right margins of the rectangles. */
2899 int flash_left
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
2900 int flash_right
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
2904 /* Don't flash the area between a scroll bar and the frame
2905 edge it is next to. */
2906 switch (FRAME_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TYPE (f
))
2908 case vertical_scroll_bar_left
:
2909 flash_left
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
2912 case vertical_scroll_bar_right
:
2913 flash_right
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
2920 width
= flash_right
- flash_left
;
2922 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
2923 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
2925 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
2927 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
2928 + FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f
) * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
)),
2929 width
, flash_height
);
2930 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
2932 (height
- flash_height
2933 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
2934 width
, flash_height
);
2937 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
2938 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
2939 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
2940 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
2945 struct timeval wakeup
;
2947 EMACS_GET_TIME (wakeup
);
2949 /* Compute time to wait until, propagating carry from usecs. */
2950 wakeup
.tv_usec
+= 150000;
2951 wakeup
.tv_sec
+= (wakeup
.tv_usec
/ 1000000);
2952 wakeup
.tv_usec
%= 1000000;
2954 /* Keep waiting until past the time wakeup or any input gets
2956 while (! detect_input_pending ())
2958 struct timeval current
;
2959 struct timeval timeout
;
2961 EMACS_GET_TIME (current
);
2963 /* Break if result would be negative. */
2964 if (timeval_subtract (¤t
, wakeup
, current
))
2967 /* How long `select' should wait. */
2969 timeout
.tv_usec
= 10000;
2971 /* Try to wait that long--but we might wake up sooner. */
2972 select (0, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
, &timeout
);
2976 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
2977 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
2979 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
2981 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
2982 + FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f
) * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
)),
2983 width
, flash_height
);
2984 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
2986 (height
- flash_height
2987 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
2988 width
, flash_height
);
2991 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
2992 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
2993 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
2994 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
2996 XFreeGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
);
3004 #endif /* defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT) */
3007 /* Make audible bell. */
3012 struct frame
*f
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
3014 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))
3016 #if defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT)
3023 XBell (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), 0);
3024 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
3031 /* Specify how many text lines, from the top of the window,
3032 should be affected by insert-lines and delete-lines operations.
3033 This, and those operations, are used only within an update
3034 that is bounded by calls to x_update_begin and x_update_end. */
3037 XTset_terminal_window (n
)
3040 /* This function intentionally left blank. */
3045 /***********************************************************************
3047 ***********************************************************************/
3049 /* Perform an insert-lines or delete-lines operation, inserting N
3050 lines or deleting -N lines at vertical position VPOS. */
3053 x_ins_del_lines (vpos
, n
)
3060 /* Scroll part of the display as described by RUN. */
3063 x_scroll_run (w
, run
)
3067 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
3068 int x
, y
, width
, height
, from_y
, to_y
, bottom_y
;
3070 /* Get frame-relative bounding box of the text display area of W,
3071 without mode lines. Include in this box the left and right
3073 window_box (w
, -1, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
);
3075 from_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->current_y
);
3076 to_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->desired_y
);
3077 bottom_y
= y
+ height
;
3081 /* Scrolling up. Make sure we don't copy part of the mode
3082 line at the bottom. */
3083 if (from_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
3084 height
= bottom_y
- from_y
;
3086 height
= run
->height
;
3090 /* Scolling down. Make sure we don't copy over the mode line.
3092 if (to_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
3093 height
= bottom_y
- to_y
;
3095 height
= run
->height
;
3100 /* Cursor off. Will be switched on again in x_update_window_end. */
3104 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
3105 FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3106 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
3116 /***********************************************************************
3118 ***********************************************************************/
3125 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
3126 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
3127 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
3128 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
3130 XSetWindowBorder (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3131 f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
3133 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
3137 frame_unhighlight (f
)
3140 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
3141 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
3142 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
3143 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
3145 XSetWindowBorderPixmap (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3146 f
->output_data
.x
->border_tile
);
3148 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
3151 /* The focus has changed. Update the frames as necessary to reflect
3152 the new situation. Note that we can't change the selected frame
3153 here, because the Lisp code we are interrupting might become confused.
3154 Each event gets marked with the frame in which it occurred, so the
3155 Lisp code can tell when the switch took place by examining the events. */
3158 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, frame
)
3159 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3160 struct frame
*frame
;
3162 struct frame
*old_focus
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3164 if (frame
!= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
3166 /* Set this before calling other routines, so that they see
3167 the correct value of x_focus_frame. */
3168 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= frame
;
3170 if (old_focus
&& old_focus
->auto_lower
)
3171 x_lower_frame (old_focus
);
3174 selected_frame
= frame
;
3175 XSETFRAME (XWINDOW (selected_frame
->selected_window
)->frame
,
3177 Fselect_window (selected_frame
->selected_window
, Qnil
);
3178 choose_minibuf_frame ();
3181 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
&& dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
->auto_raise
)
3182 pending_autoraise_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3184 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
3187 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo
);
3190 /* Handle FocusIn and FocusOut state changes for FRAME.
3191 If FRAME has focus and there exists more than one frame, puts
3192 a FOCUS_IN_EVENT into *BUFP. */
3195 x_focus_changed (type
, state
, dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
)
3198 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3199 struct frame
*frame
;
3200 struct input_event
*bufp
;
3202 if (type
== FocusIn
)
3204 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
!= frame
)
3206 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, frame
);
3207 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= frame
;
3209 /* Don't stop displaying the initial startup message
3210 for a switch-frame event we don't need. */
3211 if (GC_NILP (Vterminal_frame
)
3212 && GC_CONSP (Vframe_list
)
3213 && !GC_NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
3215 bufp
->kind
= FOCUS_IN_EVENT
;
3216 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, frame
);
3220 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
|= state
;
3223 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
3224 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
3227 else if (type
== FocusOut
)
3229 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
&= ~state
;
3231 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
== frame
)
3233 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
3234 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, 0);
3238 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
3239 XUnsetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
3244 /* The focus may have changed. Figure out if it is a real focus change,
3245 by checking both FocusIn/Out and Enter/LeaveNotify events.
3247 Returns FOCUS_IN_EVENT event in *BUFP. */
3250 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, event
, bufp
)
3251 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3253 struct input_event
*bufp
;
3255 struct frame
*frame
;
3257 frame
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xany
.window
);
3261 switch (event
->type
)
3266 struct frame
*focus_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
;
3268 = focus_frame
? focus_frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
: 0;
3270 if (event
->xcrossing
.detail
!= NotifyInferior
3271 && event
->xcrossing
.focus
3272 && ! (focus_state
& FOCUS_EXPLICIT
))
3273 x_focus_changed ((event
->type
== EnterNotify
? FocusIn
: FocusOut
),
3275 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3281 x_focus_changed (event
->type
,
3282 (event
->xfocus
.detail
== NotifyPointer
?
3283 FOCUS_IMPLICIT
: FOCUS_EXPLICIT
),
3284 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3290 /* Handle an event saying the mouse has moved out of an Emacs frame. */
3293 x_mouse_leave (dpyinfo
)
3294 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3296 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
);
3299 /* The focus has changed, or we have redirected a frame's focus to
3300 another frame (this happens when a frame uses a surrogate
3301 mini-buffer frame). Shift the highlight as appropriate.
3303 The FRAME argument doesn't necessarily have anything to do with which
3304 frame is being highlighted or un-highlighted; we only use it to find
3305 the appropriate X display info. */
3308 XTframe_rehighlight (frame
)
3309 struct frame
*frame
;
3311 x_frame_rehighlight (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (frame
));
3315 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo
)
3316 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3318 struct frame
*old_highlight
= dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
;
3320 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
3322 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
3323 = ((GC_FRAMEP (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)))
3324 ? XFRAME (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
))
3325 : dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
);
3326 if (! FRAME_LIVE_P (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
))
3328 FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
) = Qnil
;
3329 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3333 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
3335 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
!= old_highlight
)
3338 frame_unhighlight (old_highlight
);
3339 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
3340 frame_highlight (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
);
3346 /* Keyboard processing - modifier keys, vendor-specific keysyms, etc. */
3348 /* Initialize mode_switch_bit and modifier_meaning. */
3350 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
)
3351 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3353 int min_code
, max_code
;
3356 XModifierKeymap
*mods
;
3358 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= 0;
3359 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= 0;
3360 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
3361 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
= 0;
3362 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
= 0;
3365 XDisplayKeycodes (dpyinfo
->display
, &min_code
, &max_code
);
3367 min_code
= dpyinfo
->display
->min_keycode
;
3368 max_code
= dpyinfo
->display
->max_keycode
;
3371 syms
= XGetKeyboardMapping (dpyinfo
->display
,
3372 min_code
, max_code
- min_code
+ 1,
3374 mods
= XGetModifierMapping (dpyinfo
->display
);
3376 /* Scan the modifier table to see which modifier bits the Meta and
3377 Alt keysyms are on. */
3379 int row
, col
; /* The row and column in the modifier table. */
3380 int found_alt_or_meta
;
3382 for (row
= 3; row
< 8; row
++)
3384 found_alt_or_meta
= 0;
3385 for (col
= 0; col
< mods
->max_keypermod
; col
++)
3387 KeyCode code
= mods
->modifiermap
[(row
* mods
->max_keypermod
) + col
];
3389 /* Zeroes are used for filler. Skip them. */
3393 /* Are any of this keycode's keysyms a meta key? */
3397 for (code_col
= 0; code_col
< syms_per_code
; code_col
++)
3399 int sym
= syms
[((code
- min_code
) * syms_per_code
) + code_col
];
3405 found_alt_or_meta
= 1;
3406 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3411 found_alt_or_meta
= 1;
3412 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3417 if (!found_alt_or_meta
)
3418 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3419 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3420 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3425 if (!found_alt_or_meta
)
3426 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3427 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3428 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3432 /* Ignore this if it's not on the lock modifier. */
3433 if (!found_alt_or_meta
&& ((1 << row
) == LockMask
))
3434 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= LockMask
;
3435 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3436 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3445 /* If we couldn't find any meta keys, accept any alt keys as meta keys. */
3446 if (! dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
3448 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
;
3449 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
3452 /* If some keys are both alt and meta,
3453 make them just meta, not alt. */
3454 if (dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
3456 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
&= ~dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
;
3459 XFree ((char *) syms
);
3460 XFreeModifiermap (mods
);
3463 /* Convert between the modifier bits X uses and the modifier bits
3467 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (dpyinfo
, state
)
3468 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3471 EMACS_UINT mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
3472 EMACS_UINT mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
3473 EMACS_UINT mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
3474 EMACS_UINT mod_super
= super_modifier
;
3477 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3478 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_alt
= XUINT (tem
);
3479 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3480 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_meta
= XUINT (tem
);
3481 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3482 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_hyper
= XUINT (tem
);
3483 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3484 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_super
= XUINT (tem
);
3487 return ( ((state
& (ShiftMask
| dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
)) ? shift_modifier
: 0)
3488 | ((state
& ControlMask
) ? ctrl_modifier
: 0)
3489 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
) ? mod_meta
: 0)
3490 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
) ? mod_alt
: 0)
3491 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
) ? mod_super
: 0)
3492 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
) ? mod_hyper
: 0));
3496 x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (dpyinfo
, state
)
3497 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3500 EMACS_UINT mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
3501 EMACS_UINT mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
3502 EMACS_UINT mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
3503 EMACS_UINT mod_super
= super_modifier
;
3507 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3508 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_alt
= XUINT (tem
);
3509 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3510 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_meta
= XUINT (tem
);
3511 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3512 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_hyper
= XUINT (tem
);
3513 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3514 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_super
= XUINT (tem
);
3517 return ( ((state
& mod_alt
) ? dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
: 0)
3518 | ((state
& mod_super
) ? dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
: 0)
3519 | ((state
& mod_hyper
) ? dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
: 0)
3520 | ((state
& shift_modifier
) ? ShiftMask
: 0)
3521 | ((state
& ctrl_modifier
) ? ControlMask
: 0)
3522 | ((state
& mod_meta
) ? dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
: 0));
3525 /* Convert a keysym to its name. */
3528 x_get_keysym_name (keysym
)
3534 value
= XKeysymToString (keysym
);
3542 /* Mouse clicks and mouse movement. Rah. */
3544 /* Prepare a mouse-event in *RESULT for placement in the input queue.
3546 If the event is a button press, then note that we have grabbed
3550 construct_mouse_click (result
, event
, f
)
3551 struct input_event
*result
;
3552 XButtonEvent
*event
;
3555 /* Make the event type NO_EVENT; we'll change that when we decide
3557 result
->kind
= MOUSE_CLICK_EVENT
;
3558 result
->code
= event
->button
- Button1
;
3559 result
->timestamp
= event
->time
;
3560 result
->modifiers
= (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
3562 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
3566 XSETINT (result
->x
, event
->x
);
3567 XSETINT (result
->y
, event
->y
);
3568 XSETFRAME (result
->frame_or_window
, f
);
3574 /* Function to report a mouse movement to the mainstream Emacs code.
3575 The input handler calls this.
3577 We have received a mouse movement event, which is given in *event.
3578 If the mouse is over a different glyph than it was last time, tell
3579 the mainstream emacs code by setting mouse_moved. If not, ask for
3580 another motion event, so we can check again the next time it moves. */
3582 static XMotionEvent last_mouse_motion_event
;
3583 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_motion_frame
;
3586 note_mouse_movement (frame
, event
)
3588 XMotionEvent
*event
;
3590 last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->time
;
3591 last_mouse_motion_event
= *event
;
3592 XSETFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
, frame
);
3594 if (!FRAME_X_OUTPUT (frame
))
3597 if (event
->window
!= FRAME_X_WINDOW (frame
))
3599 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
3600 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3601 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, -1, -1);
3602 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= 0;
3607 /* Has the mouse moved off the glyph it was on at the last sighting? */
3608 if (frame
!= last_mouse_glyph_frame
3609 || event
->x
< last_mouse_glyph
.x
3610 || event
->x
>= last_mouse_glyph
.x
+ last_mouse_glyph
.width
3611 || event
->y
< last_mouse_glyph
.y
3612 || event
->y
>= last_mouse_glyph
.y
+ last_mouse_glyph
.height
)
3614 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
3615 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3616 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, event
->x
, event
->y
);
3617 /* Remember which glyph we're now on. */
3618 remember_mouse_glyph (frame
, event
->x
, event
->y
, &last_mouse_glyph
);
3619 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= frame
;
3627 /************************************************************************
3629 ************************************************************************/
3632 redo_mouse_highlight ()
3634 if (!NILP (last_mouse_motion_frame
)
3635 && FRAME_LIVE_P (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
)))
3636 note_mouse_highlight (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
),
3637 last_mouse_motion_event
.x
,
3638 last_mouse_motion_event
.y
);
3643 /* Return the current position of the mouse.
3644 *FP should be a frame which indicates which display to ask about.
3646 If the mouse movement started in a scroll bar, set *FP, *BAR_WINDOW,
3647 and *PART to the frame, window, and scroll bar part that the mouse
3648 is over. Set *X and *Y to the portion and whole of the mouse's
3649 position on the scroll bar.
3651 If the mouse movement started elsewhere, set *FP to the frame the
3652 mouse is on, *BAR_WINDOW to nil, and *X and *Y to the character cell
3655 Set *TIME to the server time-stamp for the time at which the mouse
3656 was at this position.
3658 Don't store anything if we don't have a valid set of values to report.
3660 This clears the mouse_moved flag, so we can wait for the next mouse
3664 XTmouse_position (fp
, insist
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, time
)
3667 Lisp_Object
*bar_window
;
3668 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
;
3670 unsigned long *time
;
3676 if (! NILP (last_mouse_scroll_bar
) && insist
== 0)
3677 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, time
);
3683 Window dummy_window
;
3686 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
3688 /* Clear the mouse-moved flag for every frame on this display. */
3689 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
3690 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
))
3691 XFRAME (frame
)->mouse_moved
= 0;
3693 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3695 /* Figure out which root window we're on. */
3696 XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3697 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)),
3699 /* The root window which contains the pointer. */
3702 /* Trash which we can't trust if the pointer is on
3703 a different screen. */
3706 /* The position on that root window. */
3709 /* More trash we can't trust. */
3712 /* Modifier keys and pointer buttons, about which
3714 (unsigned int *) &dummy
);
3716 /* Now we have a position on the root; find the innermost window
3717 containing the pointer. */
3721 int parent_x
= 0, parent_y
= 0;
3725 /* XTranslateCoordinates can get errors if the window
3726 structure is changing at the same time this function
3727 is running. So at least we must not crash from them. */
3729 x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
));
3731 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
)->grabbed
&& last_mouse_frame
3732 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
3734 /* If mouse was grabbed on a frame, give coords for that frame
3735 even if the mouse is now outside it. */
3736 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3738 /* From-window, to-window. */
3739 root
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (last_mouse_frame
),
3741 /* From-position, to-position. */
3742 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
3746 f1
= last_mouse_frame
;
3752 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3754 /* From-window, to-window. */
3757 /* From-position, to-position. */
3758 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
3763 if (child
== None
|| child
== win
)
3771 /* Now we know that:
3772 win is the innermost window containing the pointer
3773 (XTC says it has no child containing the pointer),
3774 win_x and win_y are the pointer's position in it
3775 (XTC did this the last time through), and
3776 parent_x and parent_y are the pointer's position in win's parent.
3777 (They are what win_x and win_y were when win was child.
3778 If win is the root window, it has no parent, and
3779 parent_{x,y} are invalid, but that's okay, because we'll
3780 never use them in that case.) */
3782 /* Is win one of our frames? */
3783 f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
), win
);
3785 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
3786 /* If we end up with the menu bar window, say it's not
3789 && f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
3790 && win
== XtWindow (f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
))
3792 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
3795 if (x_had_errors_p (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)))
3798 x_uncatch_errors ();
3800 /* If not, is it one of our scroll bars? */
3803 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
3805 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
), win
);
3809 f1
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
3815 if (f1
== 0 && insist
> 0)
3816 f1
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
3820 /* Ok, we found a frame. Store all the values.
3821 last_mouse_glyph is a rectangle used to reduce the
3822 generation of mouse events. To not miss any motion
3823 events, we must divide the frame into rectangles of the
3824 size of the smallest character that could be displayed
3825 on it, i.e. into the same rectangles that matrices on
3826 the frame are divided into. */
3828 remember_mouse_glyph (f1
, win_x
, win_y
, &last_mouse_glyph
);
3829 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= f1
;
3834 XSETINT (*x
, win_x
);
3835 XSETINT (*y
, win_y
);
3836 *time
= last_mouse_movement_time
;
3846 /***********************************************************************
3848 ***********************************************************************/
3850 /* Scroll bar support. */
3852 /* Given an X window ID and a DISPLAY, find the struct scroll_bar which
3854 This can be called in GC, so we have to make sure to strip off mark
3857 static struct scroll_bar
*
3858 x_window_to_scroll_bar (display
, window_id
)
3864 #if defined (USE_GTK) && defined (USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS)
3865 window_id
= (Window
) xg_get_scroll_id_for_window (display
, window_id
);
3866 #endif /* USE_GTK && USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
3868 for (tail
= Vframe_list
;
3869 XGCTYPE (tail
) == Lisp_Cons
;
3872 Lisp_Object frame
, bar
, condemned
;
3874 frame
= XCAR (tail
);
3875 /* All elements of Vframe_list should be frames. */
3876 if (! GC_FRAMEP (frame
))
3879 /* Scan this frame's scroll bar list for a scroll bar with the
3881 condemned
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
3882 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
3883 /* This trick allows us to search both the ordinary and
3884 condemned scroll bar lists with one loop. */
3885 ! GC_NILP (bar
) || (bar
= condemned
,
3888 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
3889 if (SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)) == window_id
&&
3890 FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == display
)
3891 return XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
3898 #if defined USE_LUCID
3900 /* Return the Lucid menu bar WINDOW is part of. Return null
3901 if WINDOW is not part of a menu bar. */
3904 x_window_to_menu_bar (window
)
3909 for (tail
= Vframe_list
;
3910 XGCTYPE (tail
) == Lisp_Cons
;
3913 Lisp_Object frame
= XCAR (tail
);
3914 Widget menu_bar
= XFRAME (frame
)->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
;
3916 if (menu_bar
&& xlwmenu_window_p (menu_bar
, window
))
3923 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
3926 /************************************************************************
3928 ************************************************************************/
3930 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
3932 static void x_scroll_bar_to_input_event
P_ ((XEvent
*, struct input_event
*));
3933 static void x_send_scroll_bar_event
P_ ((Lisp_Object
, int, int, int));
3934 static void x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar
P_ ((struct frame
*,
3935 struct scroll_bar
*));
3936 static void x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb
P_ ((struct scroll_bar
*,
3940 /* Lisp window being scrolled. Set when starting to interact with
3941 a toolkit scroll bar, reset to nil when ending the interaction. */
3943 static Lisp_Object window_being_scrolled
;
3945 /* Last scroll bar part sent in xm_scroll_callback. */
3947 static int last_scroll_bar_part
;
3949 /* Whether this is an Xaw with arrow-scrollbars. This should imply
3950 that movements of 1/20 of the screen size are mapped to up/down. */
3953 /* Id of action hook installed for scroll bars. */
3955 static XtActionHookId action_hook_id
;
3957 static Boolean xaw3d_arrow_scroll
;
3959 /* Whether the drag scrolling maintains the mouse at the top of the
3960 thumb. If not, resizing the thumb needs to be done more carefully
3961 to avoid jerkyness. */
3963 static Boolean xaw3d_pick_top
;
3965 /* Action hook installed via XtAppAddActionHook when toolkit scroll
3966 bars are used.. The hook is responsible for detecting when
3967 the user ends an interaction with the scroll bar, and generates
3968 a `end-scroll' SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT' event if so. */
3971 xt_action_hook (widget
, client_data
, action_name
, event
, params
,
3974 XtPointer client_data
;
3978 Cardinal
*num_params
;
3984 scroll_bar_p
= XmIsScrollBar (widget
);
3985 end_action
= "Release";
3986 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
3987 scroll_bar_p
= XtIsSubclass (widget
, scrollbarWidgetClass
);
3988 end_action
= "EndScroll";
3989 #endif /* USE_MOTIF */
3992 && strcmp (action_name
, end_action
) == 0
3993 && WINDOWP (window_being_scrolled
))
3997 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window_being_scrolled
,
3998 scroll_bar_end_scroll
, 0, 0);
3999 w
= XWINDOW (window_being_scrolled
);
4001 if (!NILP (XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
)->dragging
))
4003 XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
)->dragging
= Qnil
;
4004 /* The thumb size is incorrect while dragging: fix it. */
4005 set_vertical_scroll_bar (w
);
4007 window_being_scrolled
= Qnil
;
4008 last_scroll_bar_part
= -1;
4010 /* Xt timeouts no longer needed. */
4011 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 0;
4014 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4016 /* A vector of windows used for communication between
4017 x_send_scroll_bar_event and x_scroll_bar_to_input_event. */
4019 static struct window
**scroll_bar_windows
;
4020 static int scroll_bar_windows_size
;
4023 /* Send a client message with message type Xatom_Scrollbar for a
4024 scroll action to the frame of WINDOW. PART is a value identifying
4025 the part of the scroll bar that was clicked on. PORTION is the
4026 amount to scroll of a whole of WHOLE. */
4029 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window
, part
, portion
, whole
)
4031 int part
, portion
, whole
;
4034 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= (XClientMessageEvent
*) &event
;
4035 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (window
);
4036 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4041 /* Construct a ClientMessage event to send to the frame. */
4042 ev
->type
= ClientMessage
;
4043 ev
->message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_Scrollbar
;
4044 ev
->display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
4045 ev
->window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
4048 /* We can only transfer 32 bits in the XClientMessageEvent, which is
4049 not enough to store a pointer or Lisp_Object on a 64 bit system.
4050 So, store the window in scroll_bar_windows and pass the index
4051 into that array in the event. */
4052 for (i
= 0; i
< scroll_bar_windows_size
; ++i
)
4053 if (scroll_bar_windows
[i
] == NULL
)
4056 if (i
== scroll_bar_windows_size
)
4058 int new_size
= max (10, 2 * scroll_bar_windows_size
);
4059 size_t nbytes
= new_size
* sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
;
4060 size_t old_nbytes
= scroll_bar_windows_size
* sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
;
4062 scroll_bar_windows
= (struct window
**) xrealloc (scroll_bar_windows
,
4064 bzero (&scroll_bar_windows
[i
], nbytes
- old_nbytes
);
4065 scroll_bar_windows_size
= new_size
;
4068 scroll_bar_windows
[i
] = w
;
4069 ev
->data
.l
[0] = (long) i
;
4070 ev
->data
.l
[1] = (long) part
;
4071 ev
->data
.l
[2] = (long) 0;
4072 ev
->data
.l
[3] = (long) portion
;
4073 ev
->data
.l
[4] = (long) whole
;
4075 /* Make Xt timeouts work while the scroll bar is active. */
4076 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 1;
4078 /* Setting the event mask to zero means that the message will
4079 be sent to the client that created the window, and if that
4080 window no longer exists, no event will be sent. */
4081 XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), False
, 0, &event
);
4086 /* Transform a scroll bar ClientMessage EVENT to an Emacs input event
4090 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (event
, ievent
)
4092 struct input_event
*ievent
;
4094 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= (XClientMessageEvent
*) event
;
4099 w
= scroll_bar_windows
[ev
->data
.l
[0]];
4100 scroll_bar_windows
[ev
->data
.l
[0]] = NULL
;
4102 XSETWINDOW (window
, w
);
4103 f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4105 ievent
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
4106 ievent
->frame_or_window
= window
;
4109 ievent
->timestamp
= CurrentTime
;
4111 ievent
->timestamp
= XtLastTimestampProcessed (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
4113 ievent
->part
= ev
->data
.l
[1];
4114 ievent
->code
= ev
->data
.l
[2];
4115 ievent
->x
= make_number ((int) ev
->data
.l
[3]);
4116 ievent
->y
= make_number ((int) ev
->data
.l
[4]);
4117 ievent
->modifiers
= 0;
4123 /* Minimum and maximum values used for Motif scroll bars. */
4125 #define XM_SB_MAX 10000000
4128 /* Scroll bar callback for Motif scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
4129 bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure.
4130 CALL_DATA is a pointer to a XmScrollBarCallbackStruct. */
4133 xm_scroll_callback (widget
, client_data
, call_data
)
4135 XtPointer client_data
, call_data
;
4137 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4138 XmScrollBarCallbackStruct
*cs
= (XmScrollBarCallbackStruct
*) call_data
;
4139 int part
= -1, whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
4143 case XmCR_DECREMENT
:
4144 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4145 part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
4148 case XmCR_INCREMENT
:
4149 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4150 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4153 case XmCR_PAGE_DECREMENT
:
4154 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4155 part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
4158 case XmCR_PAGE_INCREMENT
:
4159 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4160 part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4164 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4165 part
= scroll_bar_to_top
;
4168 case XmCR_TO_BOTTOM
:
4169 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4170 part
= scroll_bar_to_bottom
;
4177 /* Get the slider size. */
4179 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XmNsliderSize
, &slider_size
, NULL
);
4182 whole
= XM_SB_MAX
- slider_size
;
4183 portion
= min (cs
->value
, whole
);
4184 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4185 bar
->dragging
= make_number (cs
->value
);
4189 case XmCR_VALUE_CHANGED
:
4195 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4196 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4197 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4202 #else /* !USE_MOTIF, i.e. Xaw or GTK */
4204 /* Scroll bar callback for GTK scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
4205 bar widget. DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure. */
4208 xg_scroll_callback (widget
, data
)
4212 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) data
;
4218 int part
= -1, whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
4219 GtkAdjustment
*adj
= GTK_ADJUSTMENT (gtk_range_get_adjustment (widget
));
4221 position
= gtk_adjustment_get_value (adj
);
4223 p
= g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (widget
), XG_LAST_SB_DATA
);
4226 p
= (gdouble
*) xmalloc (sizeof (gdouble
));
4228 g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (widget
), XG_LAST_SB_DATA
, p
);
4234 if (xg_ignore_gtk_scrollbar
) return;
4236 diff
= (int) (position
- previous
);
4238 if (diff
== (int) adj
->step_increment
)
4240 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4241 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4243 else if (-diff
== (int) adj
->step_increment
)
4245 part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
4246 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4248 else if (diff
== (int) adj
->page_increment
)
4250 part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4251 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4253 else if (-diff
== (int) adj
->page_increment
)
4255 part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
4256 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4260 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4261 whole
= adj
->upper
- adj
->page_size
;
4262 portion
= min ((int)position
, whole
);
4263 bar
->dragging
= make_number ((int)portion
);
4268 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4269 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4270 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4274 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4276 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked when the thumb is dragged.
4277 WIDGET is the scroll bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the
4278 scroll bar struct. CALL_DATA is a pointer to a float saying where
4282 xaw_jump_callback (widget
, client_data
, call_data
)
4284 XtPointer client_data
, call_data
;
4286 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4287 float top
= *(float *) call_data
;
4289 int whole
, portion
, height
;
4292 /* Get the size of the thumb, a value between 0 and 1. */
4294 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNshown
, &shown
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
4298 portion
= shown
< 1 ? top
* whole
: 0;
4300 if (shown
< 1 && (abs (top
+ shown
- 1) < 1.0/height
))
4301 /* Some derivatives of Xaw refuse to shrink the thumb when you reach
4302 the bottom, so we force the scrolling whenever we see that we're
4303 too close to the bottom (in x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb
4304 we try to ensure that we always stay two pixels away from the
4306 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4308 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4310 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4311 bar
->dragging
= make_number (portion
);
4312 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4313 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4317 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked for incremental scrolling.,
4318 i.e. line or page up or down. WIDGET is the Xaw scroll bar
4319 widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure for
4320 the scroll bar. CALL_DATA is an integer specifying the action that
4321 has taken place. Its magnitude is in the range 0..height of the
4322 scroll bar. Negative values mean scroll towards buffer start.
4323 Values < height of scroll bar mean line-wise movement. */
4326 xaw_scroll_callback (widget
, client_data
, call_data
)
4328 XtPointer client_data
, call_data
;
4330 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4331 /* The position really is stored cast to a pointer. */
4332 int position
= (long) call_data
;
4336 /* Get the height of the scroll bar. */
4338 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
4341 if (abs (position
) >= height
)
4342 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_above_handle
: scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4344 /* If Xaw3d was compiled with ARROW_SCROLLBAR,
4345 it maps line-movement to call_data = max(5, height/20). */
4346 else if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
&& abs (position
) <= max (5, height
/ 20))
4347 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_up_arrow
: scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4349 part
= scroll_bar_move_ratio
;
4351 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4352 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4353 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4354 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, position
, height
);
4357 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4358 #endif /* not USE_MOTIF */
4360 #define SCROLL_BAR_NAME "verticalScrollBar"
4362 /* Create the widget for scroll bar BAR on frame F. Record the widget
4363 and X window of the scroll bar in BAR. */
4367 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
)
4369 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4371 char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
4374 xg_create_scroll_bar (f
, bar
, G_CALLBACK (xg_scroll_callback
),
4379 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4382 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
)
4384 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4390 char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
4391 unsigned long pixel
;
4396 /* Set resources. Create the widget. */
4397 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
4398 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNminimum
, 0); ++ac
;
4399 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNmaximum
, XM_SB_MAX
); ++ac
;
4400 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNorientation
, XmVERTICAL
); ++ac
;
4401 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNprocessingDirection
, XmMAX_ON_BOTTOM
), ++ac
;
4402 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNincrement
, 1); ++ac
;
4403 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNpageIncrement
, 1); ++ac
;
4405 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
4408 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNforeground
, pixel
);
4412 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4415 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNbackground
, pixel
);
4419 widget
= XmCreateScrollBar (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
,
4420 scroll_bar_name
, av
, ac
);
4422 /* Add one callback for everything that can happen. */
4423 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4425 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdragCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4427 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNincrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4429 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageDecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4431 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageIncrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4433 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoBottomCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4435 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoTopCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4438 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
4439 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
4441 /* Set the cursor to an arrow. I didn't find a resource to do that.
4442 And I'm wondering why it hasn't an arrow cursor by default. */
4443 XDefineCursor (XtDisplay (widget
), XtWindow (widget
),
4444 f
->output_data
.x
->nontext_cursor
);
4446 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4448 /* Set resources. Create the widget. The background of the
4449 Xaw3d scroll bar widget is a little bit light for my taste.
4450 We don't alter it here to let users change it according
4451 to their taste with `emacs*verticalScrollBar.background: xxx'. */
4452 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
4453 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNorientation
, XtorientVertical
); ++ac
;
4454 /* For smoother scrolling with Xaw3d -sm */
4455 /* XtSetArg (av[ac], XtNpickTop, True); ++ac; */
4457 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
4460 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNforeground
, pixel
);
4464 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4467 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbackground
, pixel
);
4471 /* Top/bottom shadow colors. */
4473 /* Allocate them, if necessary. */
4474 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4476 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4477 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
4478 &pixel
, 1.2, 0x8000))
4480 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
4482 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4484 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4485 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
4486 &pixel
, 0.6, 0x4000))
4488 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
4491 #ifdef XtNbeNiceToColormap
4492 /* Tell the toolkit about them. */
4493 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1
4494 || f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4495 /* We tried to allocate a color for the top/bottom shadow, and
4496 failed, so tell Xaw3d to use dithering instead. */
4498 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
, True
);
4502 /* Tell what colors Xaw3d should use for the top/bottom shadow, to
4503 be more consistent with other emacs 3d colors, and since Xaw3d is
4504 not good at dealing with allocation failure. */
4506 /* This tells Xaw3d to use real colors instead of dithering for
4508 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
, False
);
4511 /* Specify the colors. */
4512 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
;
4515 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNtopShadowPixel
, pixel
);
4518 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
;
4521 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbottomShadowPixel
, pixel
);
4527 widget
= XtCreateWidget (scroll_bar_name
, scrollbarWidgetClass
,
4528 f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
, av
, ac
);
4532 char *val
= initial
;
4533 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNscrollVCursor
, (XtPointer
) &val
,
4534 #ifdef XtNarrowScrollbars
4535 XtNarrowScrollbars
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_arrow_scroll
,
4537 XtNpickTop
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_pick_top
, NULL
);
4538 if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
|| val
== initial
)
4539 { /* ARROW_SCROLL */
4540 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= True
;
4541 /* Isn't that just a personal preference ? --Stef */
4542 XtVaSetValues (widget
, XtNcursorName
, "top_left_arrow", NULL
);
4546 /* Define callbacks. */
4547 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNjumpProc
, xaw_jump_callback
, (XtPointer
) bar
);
4548 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNscrollProc
, xaw_scroll_callback
,
4551 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
4552 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
4554 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
4556 /* Install an action hook that lets us detect when the user
4557 finishes interacting with a scroll bar. */
4558 if (action_hook_id
== 0)
4559 action_hook_id
= XtAppAddActionHook (Xt_app_con
, xt_action_hook
, 0);
4561 /* Remember X window and widget in the scroll bar vector. */
4562 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (bar
, widget
);
4563 xwindow
= XtWindow (widget
);
4564 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
, xwindow
);
4568 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4571 /* Set the thumb size and position of scroll bar BAR. We are currently
4572 displaying PORTION out of a whole WHOLE, and our position POSITION. */
4576 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
)
4577 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4578 int portion
, position
, whole
;
4580 xg_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
4583 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4585 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
)
4586 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4587 int portion
, position
, whole
;
4589 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4590 Widget widget
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
4597 /* We use an estimate of 30 chars per line rather than the real
4598 `portion' value. This has the disadvantage that the thumb size
4599 is not very representative, but it makes our life a lot easier.
4600 Otherwise, we have to constantly adjust the thumb size, which
4601 we can't always do quickly enough: while dragging, the size of
4602 the thumb might prevent the user from dragging the thumb all the
4603 way to the end. but Motif and some versions of Xaw3d don't allow
4604 updating the thumb size while dragging. Also, even if we can update
4605 its size, the update will often happen too late.
4606 If you don't believe it, check out revision 1.650 of xterm.c to see
4607 what hoops we were going through and the still poor behavior we got. */
4608 portion
= WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)) * 30;
4609 /* When the thumb is at the bottom, position == whole.
4610 So we need to increase `whole' to make space for the thumb. */
4617 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
4618 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
4621 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
4625 /* Slider size. Must be in the range [1 .. MAX - MIN] where MAX
4626 is the scroll bar's maximum and MIN is the scroll bar's minimum
4628 size
= shown
* XM_SB_MAX
;
4629 size
= min (size
, XM_SB_MAX
);
4630 size
= max (size
, 1);
4632 /* Position. Must be in the range [MIN .. MAX - SLIDER_SIZE]. */
4633 value
= top
* XM_SB_MAX
;
4634 value
= min (value
, XM_SB_MAX
- size
);
4636 XmScrollBarSetValues (widget
, value
, size
, 0, 0, False
);
4638 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4644 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
4645 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
4649 float old_top
, old_shown
;
4651 XtVaGetValues (widget
,
4652 XtNtopOfThumb
, &old_top
,
4653 XtNshown
, &old_shown
,
4657 /* Massage the top+shown values. */
4658 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
) || last_scroll_bar_part
== scroll_bar_down_arrow
)
4659 top
= max (0, min (1, top
));
4662 /* Keep two pixels available for moving the thumb down. */
4663 shown
= max (0, min (1 - top
- (2.0 / height
), shown
));
4665 /* If the call to XawScrollbarSetThumb below doesn't seem to work,
4666 check that your system's configuration file contains a define
4667 for `NARROWPROTO'. See s/freebsd.h for an example. */
4668 if (top
!= old_top
|| shown
!= old_shown
)
4670 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
4671 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
4674 /* Try to make the scrolling a tad smoother. */
4675 if (!xaw3d_pick_top
)
4676 shown
= min (shown
, old_shown
);
4678 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
4682 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
4686 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4688 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4692 /************************************************************************
4693 Scroll bars, general
4694 ************************************************************************/
4696 /* Create a scroll bar and return the scroll bar vector for it. W is
4697 the Emacs window on which to create the scroll bar. TOP, LEFT,
4698 WIDTH and HEIGHT are the pixel coordinates and dimensions of the
4701 static struct scroll_bar
*
4702 x_scroll_bar_create (w
, top
, left
, width
, height
)
4704 int top
, left
, width
, height
;
4706 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4707 struct scroll_bar
*bar
4708 = XSCROLL_BAR (Fmake_vector (make_number (SCROLL_BAR_VEC_SIZE
), Qnil
));
4712 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4713 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
);
4714 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4716 XSetWindowAttributes a
;
4720 a
.background_pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4721 if (a
.background_pixel
== -1)
4722 a
.background_pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->background_pixel
;
4724 a
.event_mask
= (ButtonPressMask
| ButtonReleaseMask
4725 | ButtonMotionMask
| PointerMotionHintMask
4727 a
.cursor
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
;
4729 mask
= (CWBackPixel
| CWEventMask
| CWCursor
);
4731 /* Clear the area of W that will serve as a scroll bar. This is
4732 for the case that a window has been split horizontally. In
4733 this case, no clear_frame is generated to reduce flickering. */
4734 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
4735 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4737 window_box_height (w
), False
);
4739 window
= XCreateWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4740 /* Position and size of scroll bar. */
4741 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4743 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4745 /* Border width, depth, class, and visual. */
4752 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
, window
);
4754 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4756 XSETWINDOW (bar
->window
, w
);
4757 XSETINT (bar
->top
, top
);
4758 XSETINT (bar
->left
, left
);
4759 XSETINT (bar
->width
, width
);
4760 XSETINT (bar
->height
, height
);
4761 XSETINT (bar
->start
, 0);
4762 XSETINT (bar
->end
, 0);
4763 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4765 /* Add bar to its frame's list of scroll bars. */
4766 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
4768 XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), bar
);
4769 if (!NILP (bar
->next
))
4770 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
4772 /* Map the window/widget. */
4773 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4776 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
,
4777 SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
),
4779 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4780 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4782 xg_show_scroll_bar (SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
));
4783 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4784 Widget scroll_bar
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
4785 XtConfigureWidget (scroll_bar
,
4786 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4788 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4789 max (height
, 1), 0);
4790 XtMapWidget (scroll_bar
);
4791 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4793 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4794 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
));
4795 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4802 /* Draw BAR's handle in the proper position.
4804 If the handle is already drawn from START to END, don't bother
4805 redrawing it, unless REBUILD is non-zero; in that case, always
4806 redraw it. (REBUILD is handy for drawing the handle after expose
4809 Normally, we want to constrain the start and end of the handle to
4810 fit inside its rectangle, but if the user is dragging the scroll
4811 bar handle, we want to let them drag it down all the way, so that
4812 the bar's top is as far down as it goes; otherwise, there's no way
4813 to move to the very end of the buffer. */
4815 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4818 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, start
, end
, rebuild
)
4819 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4823 int dragging
= ! NILP (bar
->dragging
);
4824 Window w
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
);
4825 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4826 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
4828 /* If the display is already accurate, do nothing. */
4830 && start
== XINT (bar
->start
)
4831 && end
== XINT (bar
->end
))
4837 int inside_width
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_WIDTH (f
, XINT (bar
->width
));
4838 int inside_height
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
4839 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
4841 /* Make sure the values are reasonable, and try to preserve
4842 the distance between start and end. */
4844 int length
= end
- start
;
4848 else if (start
> top_range
)
4850 end
= start
+ length
;
4854 else if (end
> top_range
&& ! dragging
)
4858 /* Store the adjusted setting in the scroll bar. */
4859 XSETINT (bar
->start
, start
);
4860 XSETINT (bar
->end
, end
);
4862 /* Clip the end position, just for display. */
4863 if (end
> top_range
)
4866 /* Draw bottom positions VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE pixels
4867 below top positions, to make sure the handle is always at least
4868 that many pixels tall. */
4869 end
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
;
4871 /* Draw the empty space above the handle. Note that we can't clear
4872 zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
4874 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
4875 /* x, y, width, height, and exposures. */
4876 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
4877 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
,
4878 inside_width
, start
,
4881 /* Change to proper foreground color if one is specified. */
4882 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
4883 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
4884 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
4886 /* Draw the handle itself. */
4887 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
4888 /* x, y, width, height */
4889 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
4890 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ start
,
4891 inside_width
, end
- start
);
4893 /* Restore the foreground color of the GC if we changed it above. */
4894 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
4895 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
4896 f
->output_data
.x
->foreground_pixel
);
4898 /* Draw the empty space below the handle. Note that we can't
4899 clear zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
4900 if (end
< inside_height
)
4901 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
4902 /* x, y, width, height, and exposures. */
4903 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
4904 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ end
,
4905 inside_width
, inside_height
- end
,
4913 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4915 /* Destroy scroll bar BAR, and set its Emacs window's scroll bar to
4919 x_scroll_bar_remove (bar
)
4920 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4922 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4925 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4927 xg_remove_scroll_bar (f
, SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
));
4928 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4929 XtDestroyWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
));
4930 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4932 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
));
4935 /* Disassociate this scroll bar from its window. */
4936 XWINDOW (bar
->window
)->vertical_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
4942 /* Set the handle of the vertical scroll bar for WINDOW to indicate
4943 that we are displaying PORTION characters out of a total of WHOLE
4944 characters, starting at POSITION. If WINDOW has no scroll bar,
4948 XTset_vertical_scroll_bar (w
, portion
, whole
, position
)
4950 int portion
, whole
, position
;
4952 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4953 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4954 int top
, height
, left
, sb_left
, width
, sb_width
;
4955 int window_y
, window_height
;
4957 /* Get window dimensions. */
4958 window_box (w
, -1, 0, &window_y
, 0, &window_height
);
4960 width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
4961 height
= window_height
;
4963 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar area. */
4964 left
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_X (w
);
4966 /* Compute the width of the scroll bar which might be less than
4967 the width of the area reserved for the scroll bar. */
4968 if (WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
) > 0)
4969 sb_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
);
4973 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar. */
4974 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4975 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
))
4977 (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
)
4978 ? width
- sb_width
- (width
- sb_width
) / 2
4982 (WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
)
4983 ? (width
- sb_width
) / 2
4984 : width
- sb_width
));
4986 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
))
4987 sb_left
= left
+ width
- sb_width
;
4992 /* Does the scroll bar exist yet? */
4993 if (NILP (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
4995 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
4998 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4999 left
, top
, width
, height
, False
);
5003 bar
= x_scroll_bar_create (w
, top
, sb_left
, sb_width
, height
);
5007 /* It may just need to be moved and resized. */
5008 unsigned int mask
= 0;
5010 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5014 if (sb_left
!= XINT (bar
->left
))
5016 if (top
!= XINT (bar
->top
))
5018 if (sb_width
!= XINT (bar
->width
))
5020 if (height
!= XINT (bar
->height
))
5023 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5025 /* Move/size the scroll bar widget. */
5028 /* Since toolkit scroll bars are smaller than the space reserved
5029 for them on the frame, we have to clear "under" them. */
5030 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5031 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5032 left
, top
, width
, height
, False
);
5034 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
,
5035 SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
),
5037 sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5038 sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
*2,
5040 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5041 XtConfigureWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
),
5042 sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5044 sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
5045 max (height
, 1), 0);
5046 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5048 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5050 /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because of
5051 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM. */
5052 if (VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
)
5054 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5055 left
, top
, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5057 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5058 left
+ width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5059 top
, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5063 /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because it's not as
5064 wide as the area reserved for it. This makes sure a
5065 previous mode line display is cleared after C-x 2 C-x 1, for
5068 int area_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
5069 int rest
= area_width
- sb_width
;
5070 if (rest
> 0 && height
> 0)
5072 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
5073 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5074 left
+ area_width
- rest
, top
,
5075 rest
, height
, False
);
5077 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5078 left
, top
, rest
, height
, False
);
5082 /* Move/size the scroll bar window. */
5087 wc
.x
= sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
5089 wc
.width
= sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2;
5091 XConfigureWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
),
5095 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5097 /* Remember new settings. */
5098 XSETINT (bar
->left
, sb_left
);
5099 XSETINT (bar
->top
, top
);
5100 XSETINT (bar
->width
, sb_width
);
5101 XSETINT (bar
->height
, height
);
5106 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5107 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
5108 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5109 /* Set the scroll bar's current state, unless we're currently being
5111 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5113 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, height
);
5116 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, 0, top_range
, 0);
5119 int start
= ((double) position
* top_range
) / whole
;
5120 int end
= ((double) (position
+ portion
) * top_range
) / whole
;
5121 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, start
, end
, 0);
5124 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5126 XSETVECTOR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
, bar
);
5130 /* The following three hooks are used when we're doing a thorough
5131 redisplay of the frame. We don't explicitly know which scroll bars
5132 are going to be deleted, because keeping track of when windows go
5133 away is a real pain - "Can you say set-window-configuration, boys
5134 and girls?" Instead, we just assert at the beginning of redisplay
5135 that *all* scroll bars are to be removed, and then save a scroll bar
5136 from the fiery pit when we actually redisplay its window. */
5138 /* Arrange for all scroll bars on FRAME to be removed at the next call
5139 to `*judge_scroll_bars_hook'. A scroll bar may be spared if
5140 `*redeem_scroll_bar_hook' is applied to its window before the judgment. */
5143 XTcondemn_scroll_bars (frame
)
5146 /* Transfer all the scroll bars to FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS. */
5147 while (! NILP (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
5150 bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
5151 FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
) = XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
;
5152 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
5153 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->prev
= Qnil
;
5154 if (! NILP (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
5155 XSCROLL_BAR (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
))->prev
= bar
;
5156 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
) = bar
;
5161 /* Un-mark WINDOW's scroll bar for deletion in this judgment cycle.
5162 Note that WINDOW isn't necessarily condemned at all. */
5165 XTredeem_scroll_bar (window
)
5166 struct window
*window
;
5168 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5171 /* We can't redeem this window's scroll bar if it doesn't have one. */
5172 if (NILP (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5175 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5177 /* Unlink it from the condemned list. */
5178 f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (window
));
5179 if (NILP (bar
->prev
))
5181 /* If the prev pointer is nil, it must be the first in one of
5183 if (EQ (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5184 /* It's not condemned. Everything's fine. */
5186 else if (EQ (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
),
5187 window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5188 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
) = bar
->next
;
5190 /* If its prev pointer is nil, it must be at the front of
5191 one or the other! */
5195 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->prev
)->next
= bar
->next
;
5197 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
5198 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
= bar
->prev
;
5200 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5202 XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), bar
);
5203 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
5204 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
5207 /* Remove all scroll bars on FRAME that haven't been saved since the
5208 last call to `*condemn_scroll_bars_hook'. */
5211 XTjudge_scroll_bars (f
)
5214 Lisp_Object bar
, next
;
5216 bar
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5218 /* Clear out the condemned list now so we won't try to process any
5219 more events on the hapless scroll bars. */
5220 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
) = Qnil
;
5222 for (; ! NILP (bar
); bar
= next
)
5224 struct scroll_bar
*b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
5226 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
5229 b
->next
= b
->prev
= Qnil
;
5232 /* Now there should be no references to the condemned scroll bars,
5233 and they should get garbage-collected. */
5237 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5238 /* Handle an Expose or GraphicsExpose event on a scroll bar. This
5239 is a no-op when using toolkit scroll bars.
5241 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5245 x_scroll_bar_expose (bar
, event
)
5246 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5249 Window w
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
);
5250 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5251 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
5252 int width_trim
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
5256 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, XINT (bar
->start
), XINT (bar
->end
), 1);
5258 /* Draw a one-pixel border just inside the edges of the scroll bar. */
5259 XDrawRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
5261 /* x, y, width, height */
5263 XINT (bar
->width
) - 1 - width_trim
- width_trim
,
5264 XINT (bar
->height
) - 1);
5269 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5271 /* Handle a mouse click on the scroll bar BAR. If *EMACS_EVENT's kind
5272 is set to something other than NO_EVENT, it is enqueued.
5274 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5279 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, event
, emacs_event
)
5280 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5282 struct input_event
*emacs_event
;
5284 if (! GC_WINDOWP (bar
->window
))
5287 emacs_event
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
5288 emacs_event
->code
= event
->xbutton
.button
- Button1
;
5289 emacs_event
->modifiers
5290 = (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO
5291 (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)))),
5292 event
->xbutton
.state
)
5293 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
5296 emacs_event
->frame_or_window
= bar
->window
;
5297 emacs_event
->arg
= Qnil
;
5298 emacs_event
->timestamp
= event
->xbutton
.time
;
5301 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5303 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
5306 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
5307 int y
= event
->xbutton
.y
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
5310 if (y
> top_range
) y
= top_range
;
5312 if (y
< XINT (bar
->start
))
5313 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5314 else if (y
< XINT (bar
->end
) + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
5315 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5317 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5319 /* Just because the user has clicked on the handle doesn't mean
5320 they want to drag it. Lisp code needs to be able to decide
5321 whether or not we're dragging. */
5323 /* If the user has just clicked on the handle, record where they're
5325 if (event
->type
== ButtonPress
5326 && emacs_event
->part
== scroll_bar_handle
)
5327 XSETINT (bar
->dragging
, y
- XINT (bar
->start
));
5330 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5331 /* If the user has released the handle, set it to its final position. */
5332 if (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
5333 && ! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5335 int new_start
= y
- XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5336 int new_end
= new_start
+ (XINT (bar
->end
) - XINT (bar
->start
));
5338 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
5339 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
5343 /* Same deal here as the other #if 0. */
5345 /* Clicks on the handle are always reported as occurring at the top of
5347 if (emacs_event
->part
== scroll_bar_handle
)
5348 emacs_event
->x
= bar
->start
;
5350 XSETINT (emacs_event
->x
, y
);
5352 XSETINT (emacs_event
->x
, y
);
5355 XSETINT (emacs_event
->y
, top_range
);
5359 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5361 /* Handle some mouse motion while someone is dragging the scroll bar.
5363 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5367 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar
, event
)
5368 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5371 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)->frame
);
5373 last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->xmotion
.time
;
5376 XSETVECTOR (last_mouse_scroll_bar
, bar
);
5378 /* If we're dragging the bar, display it. */
5379 if (! GC_NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5381 /* Where should the handle be now? */
5382 int new_start
= event
->xmotion
.y
- XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5384 if (new_start
!= XINT (bar
->start
))
5386 int new_end
= new_start
+ (XINT (bar
->end
) - XINT (bar
->start
));
5388 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
5393 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5395 /* Return information to the user about the current position of the mouse
5396 on the scroll bar. */
5399 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, time
)
5401 Lisp_Object
*bar_window
;
5402 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
;
5404 unsigned long *time
;
5406 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (last_mouse_scroll_bar
);
5407 Window w
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
);
5408 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5410 Window dummy_window
;
5412 unsigned int dummy_mask
;
5416 /* Get the mouse's position relative to the scroll bar window, and
5418 if (! XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5420 /* Root, child, root x and root y. */
5421 &dummy_window
, &dummy_window
,
5422 &dummy_coord
, &dummy_coord
,
5424 /* Position relative to scroll bar. */
5427 /* Mouse buttons and modifier keys. */
5434 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
5437 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
5439 win_y
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
5441 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5442 win_y
-= XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5446 if (win_y
> top_range
)
5450 *bar_window
= bar
->window
;
5452 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5453 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5454 else if (win_y
< XINT (bar
->start
))
5455 *part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5456 else if (win_y
< XINT (bar
->end
) + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
5457 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5459 *part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5461 XSETINT (*x
, win_y
);
5462 XSETINT (*y
, top_range
);
5465 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
5468 *time
= last_mouse_movement_time
;
5474 /* The screen has been cleared so we may have changed foreground or
5475 background colors, and the scroll bars may need to be redrawn.
5476 Clear out the scroll bars, and ask for expose events, so we can
5480 x_scroll_bar_clear (f
)
5483 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5486 /* We can have scroll bars even if this is 0,
5487 if we just turned off scroll bar mode.
5488 But in that case we should not clear them. */
5489 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
))
5490 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); VECTORP (bar
);
5491 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
5492 XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5493 SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)),
5495 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5499 /* The main X event-reading loop - XTread_socket. */
5502 /* Time stamp of enter window event. This is only used by XTread_socket,
5503 but we have to put it out here, since static variables within functions
5504 sometimes don't work. */
5506 static Time enter_timestamp
;
5509 /* This holds the state XLookupString needs to implement dead keys
5510 and other tricks known as "compose processing". _X Window System_
5511 says that a portable program can't use this, but Stephen Gildea assures
5512 me that letting the compiler initialize it to zeros will work okay.
5514 This must be defined outside of XTread_socket, for the same reasons
5515 given for enter_timestamp, above. */
5517 static XComposeStatus compose_status
;
5519 /* Record the last 100 characters stored
5520 to help debug the loss-of-chars-during-GC problem. */
5522 static int temp_index
;
5523 static short temp_buffer
[100];
5525 #define STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG(keysym) \
5526 if (temp_index == sizeof temp_buffer / sizeof (short)) \
5528 temp_buffer[temp_index++] = (keysym)
5530 /* Set this to nonzero to fake an "X I/O error"
5531 on a particular display. */
5533 struct x_display_info
*XTread_socket_fake_io_error
;
5535 /* When we find no input here, we occasionally do a no-op command
5536 to verify that the X server is still running and we can still talk with it.
5537 We try all the open displays, one by one.
5538 This variable is used for cycling thru the displays. */
5540 static struct x_display_info
*next_noop_dpyinfo
;
5542 #define SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT(size) \
5545 if (f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event == 0) \
5546 f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event \
5547 = (XEvent *) xmalloc (sizeof (XEvent)); \
5548 bcopy (&event, f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event, size); \
5549 inev.ie.kind = MENU_BAR_ACTIVATE_EVENT; \
5550 XSETFRAME (inev.ie.frame_or_window, f); \
5554 #define SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT (sizeof (XButtonEvent))
5555 #define SET_SAVED_KEY_EVENT SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT (sizeof (XKeyEvent))
5565 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
5566 DPYINFO is the display this event is for.
5567 EVENT is the X event to filter.
5569 Returns non-zero if the event was filtered, caller shall not process
5571 Returns zero if event is wasn't filtered. */
5575 x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, event
)
5576 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5579 /* XFilterEvent returns non-zero if the input method has
5580 consumed the event. We pass the frame's X window to
5581 XFilterEvent because that's the one for which the IC
5584 struct frame
*f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5585 event
->xclient
.window
);
5587 return XFilterEvent (event
, f1
? FRAME_X_WINDOW (f1
) : None
);
5592 static int current_count
;
5593 static int current_finish
;
5594 static struct input_event
*current_hold_quit
;
5596 /* This is the filter function invoked by the GTK event loop.
5597 It is invoked before the XEvent is translated to a GdkEvent,
5598 so we have a chance to act on the event before GTK. */
5599 static GdkFilterReturn
5600 event_handler_gdk (gxev
, ev
, data
)
5605 XEvent
*xev
= (XEvent
*) gxev
;
5607 if (current_count
>= 0)
5609 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5611 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (xev
->xany
.display
);
5614 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
5615 GTK calls XFilterEvent but not for key press and release,
5616 so we do it here. */
5617 if (xev
->type
== KeyPress
|| xev
->type
== KeyRelease
)
5618 if (dpyinfo
&& x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, xev
))
5619 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
5623 current_finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
5627 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, xev
, ¤t_finish
,
5632 current_finish
= x_dispatch_event (xev
, xev
->xany
.display
);
5634 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
|| current_finish
== X_EVENT_DROP
)
5635 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
5637 return GDK_FILTER_CONTINUE
;
5639 #endif /* USE_GTK */
5642 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DPYINFO.
5644 *FINISH is X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT if caller should stop reading events.
5645 *FINISH is zero if caller should continue reading events.
5646 *FINISH is X_EVENT_DROP if event should not be passed to the toolkit.
5648 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer. */
5651 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, eventp
, finish
, hold_quit
)
5652 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5655 struct input_event
*hold_quit
;
5658 struct input_event ie
;
5659 struct selection_input_event sie
;
5665 struct coding_system coding
;
5666 XEvent event
= *eventp
;
5668 *finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
5670 EVENT_INIT (inev
.ie
);
5671 inev
.ie
.kind
= NO_EVENT
;
5678 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5679 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_protocols
5680 && event
.xclient
.format
== 32)
5682 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5683 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_take_focus
)
5685 /* Use x_any_window_to_frame because this
5686 could be the shell widget window
5687 if the frame has no title bar. */
5688 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5690 /* Not quite sure this is needed -pd */
5691 if (f
&& FRAME_XIC (f
))
5692 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (f
));
5694 #if 0 /* Emacs sets WM hints whose `input' field is `true'. This
5695 instructs the WM to set the input focus automatically for
5696 Emacs with a call to XSetInputFocus. Setting WM_TAKE_FOCUS
5697 tells the WM to send us a ClientMessage WM_TAKE_FOCUS after
5698 it has set the focus. So, XSetInputFocus below is not
5701 The call to XSetInputFocus below has also caused trouble. In
5702 cases where the XSetInputFocus done by the WM and the one
5703 below are temporally close (on a fast machine), the call
5704 below can generate additional FocusIn events which confuse
5707 /* Since we set WM_TAKE_FOCUS, we must call
5708 XSetInputFocus explicitly. But not if f is null,
5709 since that might be an event for a deleted frame. */
5712 Display
*d
= event
.xclient
.display
;
5713 /* Catch and ignore errors, in case window has been
5714 iconified by a window manager such as GWM. */
5716 XSetInputFocus (d
, event
.xclient
.window
,
5717 /* The ICCCM says this is
5718 the only valid choice. */
5720 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1]);
5721 /* This is needed to detect the error
5722 if there is an error. */
5724 x_uncatch_errors ();
5726 /* Not certain about handling scroll bars here */
5731 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5732 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_save_yourself
)
5734 /* Save state modify the WM_COMMAND property to
5735 something which can reinstate us. This notifies
5736 the session manager, who's looking for such a
5737 PropertyNotify. Can restart processing when
5738 a keyboard or mouse event arrives. */
5739 /* If we have a session manager, don't set this.
5740 KDE will then start two Emacsen, one for the
5741 session manager and one for this. */
5743 if (! x_session_have_connection ())
5746 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5747 event
.xclient
.window
);
5748 /* This is just so we only give real data once
5749 for a single Emacs process. */
5750 if (f
== SELECTED_FRAME ())
5751 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5752 event
.xclient
.window
,
5753 initial_argv
, initial_argc
);
5755 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5756 event
.xclient
.window
,
5762 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5763 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_delete_window
)
5765 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5766 event
.xclient
.window
);
5768 goto OTHER
; /* May be a dialog that is to be removed */
5770 inev
.ie
.kind
= DELETE_WINDOW_EVENT
;
5771 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
5778 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5779 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_configure_denied
)
5784 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5785 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_window_moved
)
5788 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5790 new_x
= event
.xclient
.data
.s
[0];
5791 new_y
= event
.xclient
.data
.s
[1];
5795 f
->left_pos
= new_x
;
5802 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5803 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_editres
)
5805 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5806 _XEditResCheckMessages (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, NULL
,
5810 #endif /* HACK_EDITRES */
5812 if ((event
.xclient
.message_type
5813 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_DONE
)
5814 || (event
.xclient
.message_type
5815 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_PAGE
))
5817 /* Ghostview job completed. Kill it. We could
5818 reply with "Next" if we received "Page", but we
5819 currently never do because we are interested in
5820 images, only, which should have 1 page. */
5821 Pixmap pixmap
= (Pixmap
) event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1];
5822 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5823 x_kill_gs_process (pixmap
, f
);
5824 expose_frame (f
, 0, 0, 0, 0);
5828 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5829 /* Scroll bar callbacks send a ClientMessage from which
5830 we construct an input_event. */
5831 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5832 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_Scrollbar
)
5834 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (&event
, &inev
.ie
);
5835 *finish
= X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
;
5838 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5840 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5845 if (x_handle_dnd_message (f
, &event
.xclient
, dpyinfo
, &inev
.ie
))
5846 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
5850 case SelectionNotify
:
5851 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
5852 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselection
.requestor
))
5854 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
5855 x_handle_selection_notify (&event
.xselection
);
5858 case SelectionClear
: /* Someone has grabbed ownership. */
5859 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
5860 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselectionclear
.window
))
5862 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
5864 XSelectionClearEvent
*eventp
= (XSelectionClearEvent
*) &event
;
5866 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECTION_CLEAR_EVENT
;
5867 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->display
;
5868 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->selection
;
5869 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->time
;
5870 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= Qnil
;
5874 case SelectionRequest
: /* Someone wants our selection. */
5875 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
5876 if (!x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselectionrequest
.owner
))
5878 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
5880 XSelectionRequestEvent
*eventp
5881 = (XSelectionRequestEvent
*) &event
;
5883 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECTION_REQUEST_EVENT
;
5884 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->display
;
5885 SELECTION_EVENT_REQUESTOR (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->requestor
;
5886 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->selection
;
5887 SELECTION_EVENT_TARGET (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->target
;
5888 SELECTION_EVENT_PROPERTY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->property
;
5889 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->time
;
5890 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= Qnil
;
5894 case PropertyNotify
:
5895 #if 0 /* This is plain wrong. In the case that we are waiting for a
5896 PropertyNotify used as an ACK in incremental selection
5897 transfer, the property will be on the receiver's window. */
5898 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT
5899 if (!x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xproperty
.window
))
5903 x_handle_property_notify (&event
.xproperty
);
5906 case ReparentNotify
:
5907 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xreparent
.window
);
5911 f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
= event
.xreparent
.parent
;
5912 x_real_positions (f
, &x
, &y
);
5916 /* Perhaps reparented due to a WM restart. Reset this. */
5917 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
5922 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xexpose
.window
);
5925 x_check_fullscreen (f
);
5928 /* This seems to be needed for GTK 2.6. */
5929 x_clear_area (event
.xexpose
.display
,
5930 event
.xexpose
.window
,
5931 event
.xexpose
.x
, event
.xexpose
.y
,
5932 event
.xexpose
.width
, event
.xexpose
.height
,
5935 if (f
->async_visible
== 0)
5937 f
->async_visible
= 1;
5938 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
5939 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
5940 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
5944 event
.xexpose
.x
, event
.xexpose
.y
,
5945 event
.xexpose
.width
, event
.xexpose
.height
);
5949 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5950 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5952 #if defined USE_LUCID
5953 /* Submenus of the Lucid menu bar aren't widgets
5954 themselves, so there's no way to dispatch events
5955 to them. Recognize this case separately. */
5958 = x_window_to_menu_bar (event
.xexpose
.window
);
5960 xlwmenu_redisplay (widget
);
5962 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
5964 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5965 /* Dispatch event to the widget. */
5967 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5968 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xexpose
.display
,
5969 event
.xexpose
.window
);
5972 x_scroll_bar_expose (bar
, &event
);
5973 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
5976 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
5977 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5981 case GraphicsExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
5982 source area was obscured or not
5984 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xgraphicsexpose
.drawable
);
5988 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.x
, event
.xgraphicsexpose
.y
,
5989 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.width
,
5990 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.height
);
5992 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
5995 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
5998 case NoExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
5999 source area was completely
6004 /* Redo the mouse-highlight after the tooltip has gone. */
6005 if (event
.xmap
.window
== tip_window
)
6008 redo_mouse_highlight ();
6011 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xunmap
.window
);
6012 if (f
) /* F may no longer exist if
6013 the frame was deleted. */
6015 /* While a frame is unmapped, display generation is
6016 disabled; you don't want to spend time updating a
6017 display that won't ever be seen. */
6018 f
->async_visible
= 0;
6019 /* We can't distinguish, from the event, whether the window
6020 has become iconified or invisible. So assume, if it
6021 was previously visible, than now it is iconified.
6022 But x_make_frame_invisible clears both
6023 the visible flag and the iconified flag;
6024 and that way, we know the window is not iconified now. */
6025 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) || FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
))
6027 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
6029 inev
.ie
.kind
= ICONIFY_EVENT
;
6030 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6036 if (event
.xmap
.window
== tip_window
)
6037 /* The tooltip has been drawn already. Avoid
6038 the SET_FRAME_GARBAGED below. */
6041 /* We use x_top_window_to_frame because map events can
6042 come for sub-windows and they don't mean that the
6043 frame is visible. */
6044 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xmap
.window
);
6047 /* wait_reading_process_output will notice this and update
6048 the frame's display structures.
6049 If we where iconified, we should not set garbaged,
6050 because that stops redrawing on Expose events. This looks
6051 bad if we are called from a recursive event loop
6052 (x_dispatch_event), for example when a dialog is up. */
6053 if (! f
->async_iconified
)
6054 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6056 f
->async_visible
= 1;
6057 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
6058 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6062 inev
.ie
.kind
= DEICONIFY_EVENT
;
6063 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6065 else if (! NILP (Vframe_list
)
6066 && ! NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
6067 /* Force a redisplay sooner or later
6068 to update the frame titles
6069 in case this is the second frame. */
6070 record_asynch_buffer_change ();
6076 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6078 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6079 /* Dispatch KeyPress events when in menu. */
6080 if (popup_activated ())
6084 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xkey
.window
);
6086 if (!dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
&& INTEGERP (Vmouse_highlight
))
6088 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6089 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 1;
6092 #if defined USE_MOTIF && defined USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6095 /* Scroll bars consume key events, but we want
6096 the keys to go to the scroll bar's frame. */
6097 Widget widget
= XtWindowToWidget (dpyinfo
->display
,
6099 if (widget
&& XmIsScrollBar (widget
))
6101 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
6102 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, XtWindow (widget
));
6105 #endif /* USE_MOTIF and USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6109 KeySym keysym
, orig_keysym
;
6110 /* al%imercury@uunet.uu.net says that making this 81
6111 instead of 80 fixed a bug whereby meta chars made
6114 It seems that some version of XmbLookupString has
6115 a bug of not returning XBufferOverflow in
6116 status_return even if the input is too long to
6117 fit in 81 bytes. So, we must prepare sufficient
6118 bytes for copy_buffer. 513 bytes (256 chars for
6119 two-byte character set) seems to be a fairly good
6120 approximation. -- 2000.8.10 handa@etl.go.jp */
6121 unsigned char copy_buffer
[513];
6122 unsigned char *copy_bufptr
= copy_buffer
;
6123 int copy_bufsiz
= sizeof (copy_buffer
);
6125 Lisp_Object coding_system
= Qlatin_1
;
6129 /* Don't pass keys to GTK. A Tab will shift focus to the
6130 tool bar in GTK 2.4. Keys will still go to menus and
6131 dialogs because in that case popup_activated is TRUE
6133 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6137 |= x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
6138 extra_keyboard_modifiers
);
6139 modifiers
= event
.xkey
.state
;
6141 /* This will have to go some day... */
6143 /* make_lispy_event turns chars into control chars.
6144 Don't do it here because XLookupString is too eager. */
6145 event
.xkey
.state
&= ~ControlMask
;
6146 event
.xkey
.state
&= ~(dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
6147 | dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
6148 | dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
6149 | dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
);
6151 /* In case Meta is ComposeCharacter,
6152 clear its status. According to Markus Ehrnsperger
6153 Markus.Ehrnsperger@lehrstuhl-bross.physik.uni-muenchen.de
6154 this enables ComposeCharacter to work whether or
6155 not it is combined with Meta. */
6156 if (modifiers
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
6157 bzero (&compose_status
, sizeof (compose_status
));
6162 Status status_return
;
6164 coding_system
= Vlocale_coding_system
;
6165 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6166 &event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6167 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6169 if (status_return
== XBufferOverflow
)
6171 copy_bufsiz
= nbytes
+ 1;
6172 copy_bufptr
= (unsigned char *) alloca (copy_bufsiz
);
6173 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6174 &event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6175 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6178 /* Xutf8LookupString is a new but already deprecated interface. -stef */
6179 #if 0 && defined X_HAVE_UTF8_STRING
6180 else if (status_return
== XLookupKeySym
)
6181 { /* Try again but with utf-8. */
6182 coding_system
= Qutf_8
;
6183 nbytes
= Xutf8LookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6184 &event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6185 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6187 if (status_return
== XBufferOverflow
)
6189 copy_bufsiz
= nbytes
+ 1;
6190 copy_bufptr
= (unsigned char *) alloca (copy_bufsiz
);
6191 nbytes
= Xutf8LookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6194 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6200 if (status_return
== XLookupNone
)
6202 else if (status_return
== XLookupChars
)
6207 else if (status_return
!= XLookupKeySym
6208 && status_return
!= XLookupBoth
)
6212 nbytes
= XLookupString (&event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6213 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6216 nbytes
= XLookupString (&event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6217 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6221 /* If not using XIM/XIC, and a compose sequence is in progress,
6222 we break here. Otherwise, chars_matched is always 0. */
6223 if (compose_status
.chars_matched
> 0 && nbytes
== 0)
6226 bzero (&compose_status
, sizeof (compose_status
));
6227 orig_keysym
= keysym
;
6229 /* Common for all keysym input events. */
6230 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6232 = x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
), modifiers
);
6233 inev
.ie
.timestamp
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6235 /* First deal with keysyms which have defined
6236 translations to characters. */
6237 if (keysym
>= 32 && keysym
< 128)
6238 /* Avoid explicitly decoding each ASCII character. */
6240 inev
.ie
.kind
= ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6241 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
;
6245 /* Keysyms directly mapped to supported Unicode characters. */
6246 if ((keysym
>= 0x01000000 && keysym
<= 0x010033ff)
6247 || (keysym
>= 0x0100e000 && keysym
<= 0x0100ffff))
6249 int code
= keysym
& 0xFFFF, charset_id
, c1
, c2
;
6253 inev
.ie
.kind
= ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6254 inev
.ie
.code
= code
;
6256 else if (code
< 0x100)
6259 charset_id
= CHARSET_8_BIT_CONTROL
;
6261 charset_id
= charset_latin_iso8859_1
;
6262 inev
.ie
.kind
= MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6263 inev
.ie
.code
= MAKE_CHAR (charset_id
, code
, 0);
6268 charset_id
= charset_mule_unicode_0100_24ff
,
6270 else if (code
< 0xE000)
6271 charset_id
= charset_mule_unicode_2500_33ff
,
6274 charset_id
= charset_mule_unicode_e000_ffff
,
6276 c1
= (code
/ 96) + 32, c2
= (code
% 96) + 32;
6277 inev
.ie
.kind
= MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6278 inev
.ie
.code
= MAKE_CHAR (charset_id
, c1
, c2
);
6283 /* Now non-ASCII. */
6284 if (HASH_TABLE_P (Vx_keysym_table
)
6285 && (NATNUMP (c
= Fgethash (make_number (keysym
),
6289 inev
.ie
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (XFASTINT (c
))
6290 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
6291 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
6292 inev
.ie
.code
= XFASTINT (c
);
6296 /* Random non-modifier sorts of keysyms. */
6297 if (((keysym
>= XK_BackSpace
&& keysym
<= XK_Escape
)
6298 || keysym
== XK_Delete
6299 #ifdef XK_ISO_Left_Tab
6300 || (keysym
>= XK_ISO_Left_Tab
6301 && keysym
<= XK_ISO_Enter
)
6303 || IsCursorKey (keysym
) /* 0xff50 <= x < 0xff60 */
6304 || IsMiscFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xff60 <= x < VARIES */
6306 /* This recognizes the "extended function
6307 keys". It seems there's no cleaner way.
6308 Test IsModifierKey to avoid handling
6309 mode_switch incorrectly. */
6310 || ((unsigned) (keysym
) >= XK_Select
6311 && (unsigned)(keysym
) < XK_KP_Space
)
6313 #ifdef XK_dead_circumflex
6314 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_circumflex
6316 #ifdef XK_dead_grave
6317 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_grave
6319 #ifdef XK_dead_tilde
6320 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_tilde
6322 #ifdef XK_dead_diaeresis
6323 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_diaeresis
6325 #ifdef XK_dead_macron
6326 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_macron
6328 #ifdef XK_dead_degree
6329 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_degree
6331 #ifdef XK_dead_acute
6332 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_acute
6334 #ifdef XK_dead_cedilla
6335 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_cedilla
6337 #ifdef XK_dead_breve
6338 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_breve
6340 #ifdef XK_dead_ogonek
6341 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_ogonek
6343 #ifdef XK_dead_caron
6344 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_caron
6346 #ifdef XK_dead_doubleacute
6347 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_doubleacute
6349 #ifdef XK_dead_abovedot
6350 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_abovedot
6352 || IsKeypadKey (keysym
) /* 0xff80 <= x < 0xffbe */
6353 || IsFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xffbe <= x < 0xffe1 */
6354 /* Any "vendor-specific" key is ok. */
6355 || (orig_keysym
& (1 << 28))
6356 || (keysym
!= NoSymbol
&& nbytes
== 0))
6357 && ! (IsModifierKey (orig_keysym
)
6359 #ifdef XK_Mode_switch
6360 || ((unsigned)(orig_keysym
) == XK_Mode_switch
)
6363 || ((unsigned)(orig_keysym
) == XK_Num_Lock
)
6365 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R5 */
6366 /* The symbols from XK_ISO_Lock
6367 to XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
6368 don't have real modifiers but
6369 should be treated similarly to
6370 Mode_switch by Emacs. */
6371 #if defined XK_ISO_Lock && defined XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
6372 || ((unsigned)(orig_keysym
)
6374 && (unsigned)(orig_keysym
)
6375 <= XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
)
6379 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (keysym
);
6380 /* make_lispy_event will convert this to a symbolic
6382 inev
.ie
.kind
= NON_ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6383 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
;
6387 { /* Raw bytes, not keysym. */
6392 /* The input should be decoded with `coding_system'
6393 which depends on which X*LookupString function
6394 we used just above and the locale. */
6395 setup_coding_system (coding_system
, &coding
);
6396 coding
.src_multibyte
= 0;
6397 coding
.dst_multibyte
= 1;
6398 /* The input is converted to events, thus we can't
6399 handle composition. Anyway, there's no XIM that
6400 gives us composition information. */
6401 coding
.composing
= COMPOSITION_DISABLED
;
6403 for (i
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
++)
6405 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (copy_bufptr
[i
]);
6409 /* Decode the input data. */
6413 require
= decoding_buffer_size (&coding
, nbytes
);
6414 p
= (unsigned char *) alloca (require
);
6415 coding
.mode
|= CODING_MODE_LAST_BLOCK
;
6416 /* We explicitly disable composition handling because
6417 key data should not contain any composition sequence. */
6418 coding
.composing
= COMPOSITION_DISABLED
;
6419 decode_coding (&coding
, copy_bufptr
, p
, nbytes
, require
);
6420 nbytes
= coding
.produced
;
6421 nchars
= coding
.produced_char
;
6425 /* Convert the input data to a sequence of
6426 character events. */
6427 for (i
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
+= len
)
6429 if (nchars
== nbytes
)
6430 c
= copy_bufptr
[i
], len
= 1;
6432 c
= STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH (copy_bufptr
+ i
,
6434 inev
.ie
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (c
)
6435 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
6436 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
6438 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
.ie
, hold_quit
);
6441 /* Previous code updated count by nchars rather than nbytes,
6442 but that seems bogus to me. ++kfs */
6445 inev
.ie
.kind
= NO_EVENT
; /* Already stored above. */
6447 if (keysym
== NoSymbol
)
6453 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
6454 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
6463 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
6464 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
6472 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6474 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xcrossing
.window
);
6476 if (f
&& x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
)
6477 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= event
.xmotion
.time
+ 200;
6480 if (event
.xcrossing
.focus
)
6482 /* Avoid nasty pop/raise loops. */
6483 if (f
&& (!(f
->auto_raise
)
6485 || (event
.xcrossing
.time
- enter_timestamp
) > 500))
6487 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, f
);
6488 enter_timestamp
= event
.xcrossing
.time
;
6491 else if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
6492 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, 0);
6495 /* EnterNotify counts as mouse movement,
6496 so update things that depend on mouse position. */
6497 if (f
&& !f
->output_data
.x
->hourglass_p
)
6498 note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
.xmotion
);
6500 /* We may get an EnterNotify on the buttons in the toolbar. In that
6501 case we moved out of any highlighted area and need to note this. */
6502 if (!f
&& last_mouse_glyph_frame
)
6503 note_mouse_movement (last_mouse_glyph_frame
, &event
);
6508 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6512 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6514 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xcrossing
.window
);
6517 if (f
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
6519 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
6520 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
6521 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6522 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
6525 /* Generate a nil HELP_EVENT to cancel a help-echo.
6526 Do it only if there's something to cancel.
6527 Otherwise, the startup message is cleared when
6528 the mouse leaves the frame. */
6529 if (any_help_event_p
)
6533 /* See comment in EnterNotify above */
6534 else if (last_mouse_glyph_frame
)
6535 note_mouse_movement (last_mouse_glyph_frame
, &event
);
6540 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6545 previous_help_echo_string
= help_echo_string
;
6546 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
6548 if (dpyinfo
->grabbed
&& last_mouse_frame
6549 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
6550 f
= last_mouse_frame
;
6552 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xmotion
.window
);
6554 if (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
)
6556 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 0;
6557 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6563 /* Generate SELECT_WINDOW_EVENTs when needed. */
6564 if (mouse_autoselect_window
)
6568 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
,
6569 event
.xmotion
.x
, event
.xmotion
.y
,
6572 /* Window will be selected only when it is not selected now and
6573 last mouse movement event was not in it. Minibuffer window
6574 will be selected iff it is active. */
6575 if (WINDOWP (window
)
6576 && !EQ (window
, last_window
)
6577 && !EQ (window
, selected_window
))
6579 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECT_WINDOW_EVENT
;
6580 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= window
;
6585 if (!note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
.xmotion
))
6586 help_echo_string
= previous_help_echo_string
;
6590 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6591 struct scroll_bar
*bar
6592 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xmotion
.display
,
6593 event
.xmotion
.window
);
6596 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar
, &event
);
6597 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6599 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
6600 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
6601 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6604 /* If the contents of the global variable help_echo_string
6605 has changed, generate a HELP_EVENT. */
6606 if (!NILP (help_echo_string
)
6607 || !NILP (previous_help_echo_string
))
6612 case ConfigureNotify
:
6613 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xconfigure
.window
);
6616 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6618 xg_resize_widgets (f
, event
.xconfigure
.width
,
6619 event
.xconfigure
.height
);
6620 #else /* not USE_GTK */
6621 /* If there is a pending resize for fullscreen, don't
6622 do this one, the right one will come later.
6623 The toolkit version doesn't seem to need this, but we
6624 need to reset it below. */
6626 = ((f
->want_fullscreen
& FULLSCREEN_WAIT
)
6627 && f
->new_text_cols
!= 0);
6628 int rows
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT_TO_TEXT_LINES (f
, event
.xconfigure
.height
);
6629 int columns
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH_TO_TEXT_COLS (f
, event
.xconfigure
.width
);
6634 /* In the toolkit version, change_frame_size
6635 is called by the code that handles resizing
6636 of the EmacsFrame widget. */
6638 /* Even if the number of character rows and columns has
6639 not changed, the font size may have changed, so we need
6640 to check the pixel dimensions as well. */
6641 if (columns
!= FRAME_COLS (f
)
6642 || rows
!= FRAME_LINES (f
)
6643 || event
.xconfigure
.width
!= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
6644 || event
.xconfigure
.height
!= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
))
6646 change_frame_size (f
, rows
, columns
, 0, 1, 0);
6647 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6648 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
6650 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
6653 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) = event
.xconfigure
.width
;
6654 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
) = event
.xconfigure
.height
;
6657 /* GTK creates windows but doesn't map them.
6658 Only get real positions and check fullscreen when mapped. */
6659 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)
6660 && GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)))
6663 /* What we have now is the position of Emacs's own window.
6664 Convert that to the position of the window manager window. */
6665 x_real_positions (f
, &f
->left_pos
, &f
->top_pos
);
6667 x_check_expected_move (f
);
6668 if (f
->want_fullscreen
& FULLSCREEN_WAIT
)
6669 f
->want_fullscreen
&= ~(FULLSCREEN_WAIT
|FULLSCREEN_BOTH
);
6673 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
))
6674 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
6677 if (f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
!= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
)
6679 /* Since the WM decorations come below top_pos now,
6680 we must put them below top_pos in the future. */
6681 f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
6682 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
6690 /* If we decide we want to generate an event to be seen
6691 by the rest of Emacs, we put it here. */
6694 bzero (&compose_status
, sizeof (compose_status
));
6695 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= 0;
6697 if (dpyinfo
->grabbed
6699 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
6700 f
= last_mouse_frame
;
6702 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xbutton
.window
);
6706 /* Is this in the tool-bar? */
6707 if (WINDOWP (f
->tool_bar_window
)
6708 && WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
)))
6711 int x
= event
.xbutton
.x
;
6712 int y
= event
.xbutton
.y
;
6714 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
, x
, y
, 0, 0, 0, 1);
6715 if (EQ (window
, f
->tool_bar_window
))
6717 if (event
.xbutton
.type
== ButtonPress
)
6718 handle_tool_bar_click (f
, x
, y
, 1, 0);
6720 handle_tool_bar_click (f
, x
, y
, 0,
6721 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (dpyinfo
,
6722 event
.xbutton
.state
));
6728 if (!dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
6729 || f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
6731 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6732 if (! popup_activated ())
6735 if (ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
)
6737 if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
6738 && (int)(event
.xbutton
.time
- ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
) > 0)
6740 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6741 construct_mouse_click (&inev
.ie
, &event
.xbutton
, f
);
6743 if (event
.type
== ButtonRelease
)
6744 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6747 construct_mouse_click (&inev
.ie
, &event
.xbutton
, f
);
6753 struct scroll_bar
*bar
6754 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xbutton
.display
,
6755 event
.xbutton
.window
);
6757 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6758 /* Make the "Ctrl-Mouse-2 splits window" work for toolkit
6760 if (bar
&& event
.xbutton
.state
& ControlMask
)
6762 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6763 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6765 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6767 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6768 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6771 if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
)
6773 dpyinfo
->grabbed
|= (1 << event
.xbutton
.button
);
6774 last_mouse_frame
= f
;
6777 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
6780 dpyinfo
->grabbed
&= ~(1 << event
.xbutton
.button
);
6782 /* Ignore any mouse motion that happened before this event;
6783 any subsequent mouse-movement Emacs events should reflect
6784 only motion after the ButtonPress/Release. */
6788 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6789 f
= x_menubar_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xbutton
.window
);
6790 /* For a down-event in the menu bar,
6791 don't pass it to Xt right now.
6792 Instead, save it away
6793 and we will pass it to Xt from kbd_buffer_get_event.
6794 That way, we can run some Lisp code first. */
6797 ! popup_activated ()
6800 f
&& event
.type
== ButtonPress
6801 /* Verify the event is really within the menu bar
6802 and not just sent to it due to grabbing. */
6803 && event
.xbutton
.x
>= 0
6804 && event
.xbutton
.x
< FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
6805 && event
.xbutton
.y
>= 0
6806 && event
.xbutton
.y
< f
->output_data
.x
->menubar_height
6807 && event
.xbutton
.same_screen
)
6809 SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT
;
6810 XSETFRAME (last_mouse_press_frame
, f
);
6812 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6815 else if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
)
6817 last_mouse_press_frame
= Qnil
;
6821 #ifdef USE_MOTIF /* This should do not harm for Lucid,
6822 but I am trying to be cautious. */
6823 else if (event
.type
== ButtonRelease
)
6825 if (!NILP (last_mouse_press_frame
))
6827 f
= XFRAME (last_mouse_press_frame
);
6828 if (f
->output_data
.x
)
6829 SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT
;
6834 #endif /* USE_MOTIF */
6837 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT || USE_GTK */
6841 case CirculateNotify
:
6844 case CirculateRequest
:
6847 case VisibilityNotify
:
6851 /* Someone has changed the keyboard mapping - update the
6853 switch (event
.xmapping
.request
)
6855 case MappingModifier
:
6856 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
6857 /* This is meant to fall through. */
6858 case MappingKeyboard
:
6859 XRefreshKeyboardMapping (&event
.xmapping
);
6865 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6867 if (*finish
!= X_EVENT_DROP
)
6868 XtDispatchEvent (&event
);
6870 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6875 if (inev
.ie
.kind
!= NO_EVENT
)
6877 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
.ie
, hold_quit
);
6882 && !(hold_quit
&& hold_quit
->kind
!= NO_EVENT
))
6887 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
6893 any_help_event_p
= 1;
6894 gen_help_event (help_echo_string
, frame
, help_echo_window
,
6895 help_echo_object
, help_echo_pos
);
6899 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
6900 gen_help_event (Qnil
, frame
, Qnil
, Qnil
, 0);
6910 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DISPLAY.
6911 This is used for event loops outside the normal event handling,
6912 i.e. looping while a popup menu or a dialog is posted.
6914 Returns the value handle_one_xevent sets in the finish argument. */
6916 x_dispatch_event (event
, display
)
6920 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
6921 int finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
6923 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (display
);
6926 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, event
, &finish
, 0);
6932 /* Read events coming from the X server.
6933 This routine is called by the SIGIO handler.
6934 We return as soon as there are no more events to be read.
6936 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer,
6937 thus pretending to be `read'.
6939 EXPECTED is nonzero if the caller knows input is available. */
6942 XTread_socket (sd
, expected
, hold_quit
)
6945 struct input_event
*hold_quit
;
6949 int event_found
= 0;
6950 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
6952 if (interrupt_input_blocked
)
6954 interrupt_input_pending
= 1;
6958 interrupt_input_pending
= 0;
6961 /* So people can tell when we have read the available input. */
6962 input_signal_count
++;
6966 /* Find the display we are supposed to read input for.
6967 It's the one communicating on descriptor SD. */
6968 for (dpyinfo
= x_display_list
; dpyinfo
; dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
)
6970 #if 0 /* This ought to be unnecessary; let's verify it. */
6972 /* If available, Xlib uses FIOSNBIO to make the socket
6973 non-blocking, and then looks for EWOULDBLOCK. If O_NDELAY is set,
6974 FIOSNBIO is ignored, and instead of signaling EWOULDBLOCK,
6975 a read returns 0, which Xlib interprets as equivalent to EPIPE. */
6976 fcntl (dpyinfo
->connection
, F_SETFL
, 0);
6977 #endif /* ! defined (FIOSNBIO) */
6980 #if 0 /* This code can't be made to work, with multiple displays,
6981 and appears not to be used on any system any more.
6982 Also keyboard.c doesn't turn O_NDELAY on and off
6983 for X connections. */
6986 if (! (fcntl (dpyinfo
->connection
, F_GETFL
, 0) & O_NDELAY
))
6988 extern int read_alarm_should_throw
;
6989 read_alarm_should_throw
= 1;
6990 XPeekEvent (dpyinfo
->display
, &event
);
6991 read_alarm_should_throw
= 0;
6993 #endif /* HAVE_SELECT */
6997 /* For debugging, this gives a way to fake an I/O error. */
6998 if (dpyinfo
== XTread_socket_fake_io_error
)
7000 XTread_socket_fake_io_error
= 0;
7001 x_io_error_quitter (dpyinfo
->display
);
7006 struct input_event inev
;
7008 /* We don't need to EVENT_INIT (inev) here, as
7009 x_session_check_input copies an entire input_event. */
7010 if (x_session_check_input (&inev
))
7012 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
, hold_quit
);
7020 while (XPending (dpyinfo
->display
))
7024 XNextEvent (dpyinfo
->display
, &event
);
7027 /* Filter events for the current X input method. */
7028 if (x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, &event
))
7033 count
+= handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, &event
, &finish
, hold_quit
);
7035 if (finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
7038 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
7043 /* For GTK we must use the GTK event loop. But XEvents gets passed
7044 to our filter function above, and then to the big event switch.
7045 We use a bunch of globals to communicate with our filter function,
7046 that is kind of ugly, but it works.
7048 There is no way to do one display at the time, GTK just does events
7049 from all displays. */
7051 while (gtk_events_pending ())
7053 current_count
= count
;
7054 current_hold_quit
= hold_quit
;
7056 gtk_main_iteration ();
7058 count
= current_count
;
7060 current_hold_quit
= 0;
7062 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
7065 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7069 /* On some systems, an X bug causes Emacs to get no more events
7070 when the window is destroyed. Detect that. (1994.) */
7073 /* Emacs and the X Server eats up CPU time if XNoOp is done every time.
7074 One XNOOP in 100 loops will make Emacs terminate.
7075 B. Bretthauer, 1994 */
7077 if (x_noop_count
>= 100)
7081 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== 0)
7082 next_noop_dpyinfo
= x_display_list
;
7084 XNoOp (next_noop_dpyinfo
->display
);
7086 /* Each time we get here, cycle through the displays now open. */
7087 next_noop_dpyinfo
= next_noop_dpyinfo
->next
;
7091 /* If the focus was just given to an auto-raising frame,
7093 /* ??? This ought to be able to handle more than one such frame. */
7094 if (pending_autoraise_frame
)
7096 x_raise_frame (pending_autoraise_frame
);
7097 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
7109 /***********************************************************************
7111 ***********************************************************************/
7113 /* Set clipping for output in glyph row ROW. W is the window in which
7114 we operate. GC is the graphics context to set clipping in.
7116 ROW may be a text row or, e.g., a mode line. Text rows must be
7117 clipped to the interior of the window dedicated to text display,
7118 mode lines must be clipped to the whole window. */
7121 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, area
, gc
)
7123 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7127 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7128 XRectangle clip_rect
;
7129 int window_x
, window_y
, window_width
;
7131 window_box (w
, area
, &window_x
, &window_y
, &window_width
, 0);
7133 clip_rect
.x
= window_x
;
7134 clip_rect
.y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, row
->y
));
7135 clip_rect
.y
= max (clip_rect
.y
, window_y
);
7136 clip_rect
.width
= window_width
;
7137 clip_rect
.height
= row
->visible_height
;
7139 XSetClipRectangles (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
, 0, 0, &clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
7143 /* Draw a hollow box cursor on window W in glyph row ROW. */
7146 x_draw_hollow_cursor (w
, row
)
7148 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7150 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7151 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
7152 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
7155 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
7158 /* Get the glyph the cursor is on. If we can't tell because
7159 the current matrix is invalid or such, give up. */
7160 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
7161 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
7164 /* Compute frame-relative coordinates for phys cursor. */
7165 x
= WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
);
7166 y
= get_phys_cursor_geometry (w
, row
, cursor_glyph
, &h
);
7167 wd
= w
->phys_cursor_width
;
7169 /* The foreground of cursor_gc is typically the same as the normal
7170 background color, which can cause the cursor box to be invisible. */
7171 xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
7172 if (dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
)
7173 XChangeGC (dpy
, dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
7175 dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
7176 GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
7177 gc
= dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
;
7179 /* Set clipping, draw the rectangle, and reset clipping again. */
7180 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, TEXT_AREA
, gc
);
7181 XDrawRectangle (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
, x
, y
, wd
, h
);
7182 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
7186 /* Draw a bar cursor on window W in glyph row ROW.
7188 Implementation note: One would like to draw a bar cursor with an
7189 angle equal to the one given by the font property XA_ITALIC_ANGLE.
7190 Unfortunately, I didn't find a font yet that has this property set.
7194 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, row
, width
, kind
)
7196 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7198 enum text_cursor_kinds kind
;
7200 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
7201 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
7203 /* If cursor is out of bounds, don't draw garbage. This can happen
7204 in mini-buffer windows when switching between echo area glyphs
7206 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
7207 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
7210 /* If on an image, draw like a normal cursor. That's usually better
7211 visible than drawing a bar, esp. if the image is large so that
7212 the bar might not be in the window. */
7213 if (cursor_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
)
7215 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7216 row
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, w
->phys_cursor
.vpos
);
7217 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, row
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
7221 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
7222 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
7223 GC gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
7224 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
7225 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, cursor_glyph
->face_id
);
7228 /* If the glyph's background equals the color we normally draw
7229 the bar cursor in, the bar cursor in its normal color is
7230 invisible. Use the glyph's foreground color instead in this
7231 case, on the assumption that the glyph's colors are chosen so
7232 that the glyph is legible. */
7233 if (face
->background
== f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
7234 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= face
->foreground
;
7236 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
7237 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= 0;
7240 XChangeGC (dpy
, gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
7243 gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
7244 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
= gc
;
7248 width
= FRAME_CURSOR_WIDTH (f
);
7249 width
= min (cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
, width
);
7251 w
->phys_cursor_width
= width
;
7252 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, TEXT_AREA
, gc
);
7254 if (kind
== BAR_CURSOR
)
7255 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
,
7256 WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
),
7257 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
),
7258 width
, row
->height
);
7260 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
,
7261 WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
),
7262 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
+
7263 row
->height
- width
),
7264 cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
,
7267 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
7272 /* RIF: Define cursor CURSOR on frame F. */
7275 x_define_frame_cursor (f
, cursor
)
7279 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), cursor
);
7283 /* RIF: Clear area on frame F. */
7286 x_clear_frame_area (f
, x
, y
, width
, height
)
7288 int x
, y
, width
, height
;
7290 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
7291 x
, y
, width
, height
, False
);
7295 /* RIF: Draw cursor on window W. */
7298 x_draw_window_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, x
, y
, cursor_type
, cursor_width
, on_p
, active_p
)
7300 struct glyph_row
*glyph_row
;
7302 int cursor_type
, cursor_width
;
7305 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7309 w
->phys_cursor_type
= cursor_type
;
7310 w
->phys_cursor_on_p
= 1;
7312 if (glyph_row
->exact_window_width_line_p
7313 && w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
>= glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
])
7315 glyph_row
->cursor_in_fringe_p
= 1;
7316 draw_fringe_bitmap (w
, glyph_row
, 0);
7319 switch (cursor_type
)
7321 case HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR
:
7322 x_draw_hollow_cursor (w
, glyph_row
);
7325 case FILLED_BOX_CURSOR
:
7326 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, glyph_row
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
7330 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, BAR_CURSOR
);
7334 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, HBAR_CURSOR
);
7338 w
->phys_cursor_width
= 0;
7346 if (w
== XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
))
7347 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
))
7348 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, x
, y
);
7353 if (updating_frame
!= f
)
7354 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
7361 /* Make the x-window of frame F use the gnu icon bitmap. */
7364 x_bitmap_icon (f
, file
)
7370 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
7373 /* Free up our existing icon bitmap and mask if any. */
7374 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
7375 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
7376 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
7381 /* Use gtk_window_set_icon_from_file () if available,
7382 It's not restricted to bitmaps */
7383 if (xg_set_icon (f
, file
))
7385 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7386 bitmap_id
= x_create_bitmap_from_file (f
, file
);
7387 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, bitmap_id
);
7391 /* Create the GNU bitmap and mask if necessary. */
7392 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
< 0)
7396 #if defined (HAVE_XPM) && defined (HAVE_X_WINDOWS)
7398 if (xg_set_icon_from_xpm_data (f
, gnu_xpm_bits
))
7401 rc
= x_create_bitmap_from_xpm_data (f
, gnu_xpm_bits
);
7403 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
= rc
;
7404 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7405 #endif /* defined (HAVE_XPM) && defined (HAVE_X_WINDOWS) */
7407 /* If all else fails, use the (black and white) xbm image. */
7410 rc
= x_create_bitmap_from_data (f
, gnu_xbm_bits
,
7411 gnu_xbm_width
, gnu_xbm_height
);
7415 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
= rc
;
7416 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
7420 /* The first time we create the GNU bitmap and mask,
7421 this increments the ref-count one extra time.
7422 As a result, the GNU bitmap and mask are never freed.
7423 That way, we don't have to worry about allocating it again. */
7424 x_reference_bitmap (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
7426 bitmap_id
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
;
7429 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, bitmap_id
);
7430 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= bitmap_id
;
7436 /* Make the x-window of frame F use a rectangle with text.
7437 Use ICON_NAME as the text. */
7440 x_text_icon (f
, icon_name
)
7444 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
7450 text
.value
= (unsigned char *) icon_name
;
7451 text
.encoding
= XA_STRING
;
7453 text
.nitems
= strlen (icon_name
);
7454 XSetWMIconName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), &text
);
7456 #else /* not HAVE_X11R4 */
7457 XSetIconName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), icon_name
);
7458 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R4 */
7460 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
7461 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
7462 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
7463 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, 0);
7468 #define X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE 200
7470 /* If non-nil, this should be a string.
7471 It means catch X errors and store the error message in this string.
7473 The reason we use a stack is that x_catch_error/x_uncatch_error can
7474 be called from a signal handler.
7477 struct x_error_message_stack
{
7478 char string
[X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
];
7480 struct x_error_message_stack
*prev
;
7482 static struct x_error_message_stack
*x_error_message
;
7484 /* An X error handler which stores the error message in
7485 x_error_message_string. This is called from x_error_handler if
7486 x_catch_errors is in effect. */
7489 x_error_catcher (display
, error
)
7493 XGetErrorText (display
, error
->error_code
,
7494 x_error_message
->string
,
7495 X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
7498 /* Begin trapping X errors for display DPY. Actually we trap X errors
7499 for all displays, but DPY should be the display you are actually
7502 After calling this function, X protocol errors no longer cause
7503 Emacs to exit; instead, they are recorded in the string
7504 stored in x_error_message_string.
7506 Calling x_check_errors signals an Emacs error if an X error has
7507 occurred since the last call to x_catch_errors or x_check_errors.
7509 Calling x_uncatch_errors resumes the normal error handling. */
7511 void x_check_errors ();
7514 x_catch_errors (dpy
)
7517 struct x_error_message_stack
*data
= xmalloc (sizeof (*data
));
7519 /* Make sure any errors from previous requests have been dealt with. */
7523 data
->string
[0] = 0;
7524 data
->prev
= x_error_message
;
7525 x_error_message
= data
;
7528 /* Undo the last x_catch_errors call.
7529 DPY should be the display that was passed to x_catch_errors. */
7534 struct x_error_message_stack
*tmp
;
7536 /* The display may have been closed before this function is called.
7537 Check if it is still open before calling XSync. */
7538 if (x_display_info_for_display (x_error_message
->dpy
) != 0)
7541 XSync (x_error_message
->dpy
, False
);
7545 tmp
= x_error_message
;
7546 x_error_message
= x_error_message
->prev
;
7550 /* If any X protocol errors have arrived since the last call to
7551 x_catch_errors or x_check_errors, signal an Emacs error using
7552 sprintf (a buffer, FORMAT, the x error message text) as the text. */
7555 x_check_errors (dpy
, format
)
7559 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
7562 if (x_error_message
->string
[0])
7564 char string
[X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
];
7565 bcopy (x_error_message
->string
, string
, X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
7566 x_uncatch_errors ();
7567 error (format
, string
);
7571 /* Nonzero if we had any X protocol errors
7572 since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
7575 x_had_errors_p (dpy
)
7578 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
7581 return x_error_message
->string
[0] != 0;
7584 /* Forget about any errors we have had, since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
7587 x_clear_errors (dpy
)
7590 x_error_message
->string
[0] = 0;
7594 static unsigned int x_wire_count
;
7597 fprintf (stderr
, "Lib call: %d\n", ++x_wire_count
);
7602 /* Handle SIGPIPE, which can happen when the connection to a server
7603 simply goes away. SIGPIPE is handled by x_connection_signal.
7604 Don't need to do anything, because the write which caused the
7605 SIGPIPE will fail, causing Xlib to invoke the X IO error handler,
7606 which will do the appropriate cleanup for us. */
7609 x_connection_signal (signalnum
) /* If we don't have an argument, */
7610 int signalnum
; /* some compilers complain in signal calls. */
7613 /* USG systems forget handlers when they are used;
7614 must reestablish each time */
7615 signal (signalnum
, x_connection_signal
);
7620 /************************************************************************
7622 ************************************************************************/
7624 /* Error message passed to x_connection_closed. */
7626 static char *error_msg
;
7628 /* Function installed as fatal_error_signal_hook in
7629 x_connection_closed. Print the X error message, and exit normally,
7630 instead of dumping core when XtCloseDisplay fails. */
7633 x_fatal_error_signal ()
7635 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n", error_msg
);
7639 /* Handle the loss of connection to display DPY. ERROR_MESSAGE is
7640 the text of an error message that lead to the connection loss. */
7643 x_connection_closed (dpy
, error_message
)
7645 char *error_message
;
7647 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
7648 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
7650 error_msg
= (char *) alloca (strlen (error_message
) + 1);
7651 strcpy (error_msg
, error_message
);
7652 handling_signal
= 0;
7654 /* Prevent being called recursively because of an error condition
7655 below. Otherwise, we might end up with printing ``can't find per
7656 display information'' in the recursive call instead of printing
7657 the original message here. */
7658 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
7660 /* We have to close the display to inform Xt that it doesn't
7661 exist anymore. If we don't, Xt will continue to wait for
7662 events from the display. As a consequence, a sequence of
7664 M-x make-frame-on-display RET :1 RET
7665 ...kill the new frame, so that we get an IO error...
7666 M-x make-frame-on-display RET :1 RET
7668 will indefinitely wait in Xt for events for display `:1', opened
7669 in the first class to make-frame-on-display.
7671 Closing the display is reported to lead to a bus error on
7672 OpenWindows in certain situations. I suspect that is a bug
7673 in OpenWindows. I don't know how to cicumvent it here. */
7675 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
7676 /* If DPYINFO is null, this means we didn't open the display
7677 in the first place, so don't try to close it. */
7680 extern void (*fatal_error_signal_hook
) P_ ((void));
7681 fatal_error_signal_hook
= x_fatal_error_signal
;
7682 XtCloseDisplay (dpy
);
7683 fatal_error_signal_hook
= NULL
;
7689 xg_display_close (dpyinfo
->display
);
7692 /* Indicate that this display is dead. */
7694 dpyinfo
->display
= 0;
7696 /* First delete frames whose mini-buffers are on frames
7697 that are on the dead display. */
7698 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7700 Lisp_Object minibuf_frame
;
7702 = WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (XFRAME (frame
))));
7703 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
7704 && FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
))
7705 && ! EQ (frame
, minibuf_frame
)
7706 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
7707 Fdelete_frame (frame
, Qt
);
7710 /* Now delete all remaining frames on the dead display.
7711 We are now sure none of these is used as the mini-buffer
7712 for another frame that we need to delete. */
7713 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7714 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
7715 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
7717 /* Set this to t so that Fdelete_frame won't get confused
7718 trying to find a replacement. */
7719 FRAME_KBOARD (XFRAME (frame
))->Vdefault_minibuffer_frame
= Qt
;
7720 Fdelete_frame (frame
, Qt
);
7724 x_delete_display (dpyinfo
);
7726 x_uncatch_errors ();
7728 if (x_display_list
== 0)
7730 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n", error_msg
);
7731 shut_down_emacs (0, 0, Qnil
);
7735 /* Ordinary stack unwind doesn't deal with these. */
7737 sigunblock (sigmask (SIGIO
));
7739 sigunblock (sigmask (SIGALRM
));
7740 TOTALLY_UNBLOCK_INPUT
;
7742 clear_waiting_for_input ();
7743 error ("%s", error_msg
);
7746 /* We specifically use it before defining it, so that gcc doesn't inline it,
7747 otherwise gdb doesn't know how to properly put a breakpoint on it. */
7748 static void x_error_quitter (Display
*display
, XErrorEvent
*error
);
7750 /* This is the first-level handler for X protocol errors.
7751 It calls x_error_quitter or x_error_catcher. */
7754 x_error_handler (display
, error
)
7758 if (x_error_message
)
7759 x_error_catcher (display
, error
);
7761 x_error_quitter (display
, error
);
7765 /* This is the usual handler for X protocol errors.
7766 It kills all frames on the display that we got the error for.
7767 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
7769 /* .gdbinit puts a breakpoint here, so make sure it is not inlined. */
7771 #if __GNUC__ >= 3 /* On GCC 3.0 we might get a warning. */
7772 #define NO_INLINE __attribute__((noinline))
7777 /* Some versions of GNU/Linux define noinline in their headers. */
7783 /* On older GCC versions, just putting x_error_quitter
7784 after x_error_handler prevents inlining into the former. */
7786 static void NO_INLINE
7787 x_error_quitter (display
, error
)
7791 char buf
[256], buf1
[356];
7793 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
7794 original error handler. */
7796 XGetErrorText (display
, error
->error_code
, buf
, sizeof (buf
));
7797 sprintf (buf1
, "X protocol error: %s on protocol request %d",
7798 buf
, error
->request_code
);
7799 x_connection_closed (display
, buf1
);
7803 /* This is the handler for X IO errors, always.
7804 It kills all frames on the display that we lost touch with.
7805 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
7808 x_io_error_quitter (display
)
7813 sprintf (buf
, "Connection lost to X server `%s'", DisplayString (display
));
7814 x_connection_closed (display
, buf
);
7818 /* Changing the font of the frame. */
7820 /* Give frame F the font named FONTNAME as its default font, and
7821 return the full name of that font. FONTNAME may be a wildcard
7822 pattern; in that case, we choose some font that fits the pattern.
7823 The return value shows which font we chose. */
7826 x_new_font (f
, fontname
)
7828 register char *fontname
;
7830 struct font_info
*fontp
7831 = FS_LOAD_FONT (f
, 0, fontname
, -1);
7836 FRAME_FONT (f
) = (XFontStruct
*) (fontp
->font
);
7837 FRAME_BASELINE_OFFSET (f
) = fontp
->baseline_offset
;
7838 FRAME_FONTSET (f
) = -1;
7840 FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) = fontp
->average_width
;
7841 FRAME_SPACE_WIDTH (f
) = fontp
->space_width
;
7842 FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) = FONT_HEIGHT (FRAME_FONT (f
));
7844 compute_fringe_widths (f
, 1);
7846 /* Compute the scroll bar width in character columns. */
7847 if (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) > 0)
7849 int wid
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
7850 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
)
7851 = (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) + wid
-1) / wid
;
7855 int wid
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
7856 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) = (14 + wid
- 1) / wid
;
7859 /* Now make the frame display the given font. */
7860 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) != 0)
7862 XSetFont (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
7863 FRAME_FONT (f
)->fid
);
7864 XSetFont (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->reverse_gc
,
7865 FRAME_FONT (f
)->fid
);
7866 XSetFont (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_gc
,
7867 FRAME_FONT (f
)->fid
);
7869 /* Don't change the size of a tip frame; there's no point in
7870 doing it because it's done in Fx_show_tip, and it leads to
7871 problems because the tip frame has no widget. */
7872 if (NILP (tip_frame
) || XFRAME (tip_frame
) != f
)
7873 x_set_window_size (f
, 0, FRAME_COLS (f
), FRAME_LINES (f
));
7876 return build_string (fontp
->full_name
);
7879 /* Give frame F the fontset named FONTSETNAME as its default font, and
7880 return the full name of that fontset. FONTSETNAME may be a wildcard
7881 pattern; in that case, we choose some fontset that fits the pattern.
7882 The return value shows which fontset we chose. */
7885 x_new_fontset (f
, fontsetname
)
7889 int fontset
= fs_query_fontset (build_string (fontsetname
), 0);
7895 if (FRAME_FONTSET (f
) == fontset
)
7896 /* This fontset is already set in frame F. There's nothing more
7898 return fontset_name (fontset
);
7900 result
= x_new_font (f
, (SDATA (fontset_ascii (fontset
))));
7902 if (!STRINGP (result
))
7903 /* Can't load ASCII font. */
7906 /* Since x_new_font doesn't update any fontset information, do it now. */
7907 FRAME_FONTSET (f
) = fontset
;
7911 && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & (XIMPreeditPosition
| XIMStatusArea
)))
7912 xic_set_xfontset (f
, SDATA (fontset_ascii (fontset
)));
7915 return build_string (fontsetname
);
7919 /***********************************************************************
7921 ***********************************************************************/
7927 /* XIM destroy callback function, which is called whenever the
7928 connection to input method XIM dies. CLIENT_DATA contains a
7929 pointer to the x_display_info structure corresponding to XIM. */
7932 xim_destroy_callback (xim
, client_data
, call_data
)
7934 XPointer client_data
;
7937 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= (struct x_display_info
*) client_data
;
7938 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
7942 /* No need to call XDestroyIC.. */
7943 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7945 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
7946 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
)
7948 FRAME_XIC (f
) = NULL
;
7949 xic_free_xfontset (f
);
7953 /* No need to call XCloseIM. */
7954 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
7955 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
7959 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6 */
7962 /* This isn't prototyped in OSF 5.0 or 5.1a. */
7963 extern char *XSetIMValues
P_ ((XIM
, ...));
7966 /* Open the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
7967 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name Emacs uses. */
7970 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, resource_name
)
7971 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
7972 char *resource_name
;
7979 xim
= XOpenIM (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
, resource_name
,
7986 XIMCallback destroy
;
7989 /* Get supported styles and XIM values. */
7990 XGetIMValues (xim
, XNQueryInputStyle
, &dpyinfo
->xim_styles
, NULL
);
7993 destroy
.callback
= xim_destroy_callback
;
7994 destroy
.client_data
= (XPointer
)dpyinfo
;
7995 XSetIMValues (xim
, XNDestroyCallback
, &destroy
, NULL
);
8001 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8002 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8006 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8010 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
8011 char *resource_name
;
8014 /* XIM instantiate callback function, which is called whenever an XIM
8015 server is available. DISPLAY is the display of the XIM.
8016 CLIENT_DATA contains a pointer to an xim_inst_t structure created
8017 when the callback was registered. */
8020 xim_instantiate_callback (display
, client_data
, call_data
)
8022 XPointer client_data
;
8025 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
= (struct xim_inst_t
*) client_data
;
8026 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= xim_inst
->dpyinfo
;
8028 /* We don't support multiple XIM connections. */
8032 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, xim_inst
->resource_name
);
8034 /* Create XIC for the existing frames on the same display, as long
8035 as they have no XIC. */
8036 if (dpyinfo
->xim
&& dpyinfo
->reference_count
> 0)
8038 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
8041 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
8043 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
8045 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == xim_inst
->dpyinfo
)
8046 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) == NULL
)
8048 create_frame_xic (f
);
8049 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
)
8050 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
8051 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
)
8053 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
);
8054 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, w
->cursor
.x
, w
->cursor
.y
);
8063 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8066 /* Open a connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
8067 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name for Emacs. On X11R5, open the
8068 connection only at the first time. On X11R6, open the connection
8069 in the XIM instantiate callback function. */
8072 xim_initialize (dpyinfo
, resource_name
)
8073 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
8074 char *resource_name
;
8079 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8080 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
;
8083 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8084 xim_inst
= (struct xim_inst_t
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct xim_inst_t
));
8085 xim_inst
->dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
;
8086 len
= strlen (resource_name
);
8087 xim_inst
->resource_name
= (char *) xmalloc (len
+ 1);
8088 bcopy (resource_name
, xim_inst
->resource_name
, len
+ 1);
8089 XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
,
8090 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
,
8091 xim_instantiate_callback
,
8092 /* This is XPointer in XFree86
8093 but (XPointer *) on Tru64, at
8094 least, hence the configure test. */
8095 (XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback_arg6
) xim_inst
);
8096 #else /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8097 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8098 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
8099 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8103 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8104 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8108 /* Close the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO. */
8111 xim_close_dpy (dpyinfo
)
8112 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
8117 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8118 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8119 XUnregisterIMInstantiateCallback (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
,
8121 xim_instantiate_callback
, NULL
);
8122 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8123 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8124 XCloseIM (dpyinfo
->xim
);
8125 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8126 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
8128 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8131 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8135 /* Calculate the absolute position in frame F
8136 from its current recorded position values and gravity. */
8139 x_calc_absolute_position (f
)
8142 int flags
= f
->size_hint_flags
;
8144 /* We have nothing to do if the current position
8145 is already for the top-left corner. */
8146 if (! ((flags
& XNegative
) || (flags
& YNegative
)))
8149 /* Treat negative positions as relative to the leftmost bottommost
8150 position that fits on the screen. */
8151 if (flags
& XNegative
)
8152 f
->left_pos
= (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->width
8153 - FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) + f
->left_pos
);
8156 int height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8158 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && defined USE_MOTIF
8159 /* Something is fishy here. When using Motif, starting Emacs with
8160 `-g -0-0', the frame appears too low by a few pixels.
8162 This seems to be so because initially, while Emacs is starting,
8163 the column widget's height and the frame's pixel height are
8164 different. The column widget's height is the right one. In
8165 later invocations, when Emacs is up, the frame's pixel height
8168 It's not obvious where the initial small difference comes from.
8169 2000-12-01, gerd. */
8171 XtVaGetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->column_widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
8174 if (flags
& YNegative
)
8175 f
->top_pos
= (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->height
- height
+ f
->top_pos
);
8178 /* The left_pos and top_pos
8179 are now relative to the top and left screen edges,
8180 so the flags should correspond. */
8181 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
8184 /* CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1 when calling from Fset_frame_position,
8185 to really change the position, and 0 when calling from
8186 x_make_frame_visible (in that case, XOFF and YOFF are the current
8187 position values). It is -1 when calling from x_set_frame_parameters,
8188 which means, do adjust for borders but don't change the gravity. */
8191 x_set_offset (f
, xoff
, yoff
, change_gravity
)
8193 register int xoff
, yoff
;
8196 int modified_top
, modified_left
;
8198 if (change_gravity
> 0)
8202 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
8204 f
->size_hint_flags
|= XNegative
;
8206 f
->size_hint_flags
|= YNegative
;
8207 f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
8209 x_calc_absolute_position (f
);
8212 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
8214 modified_left
= f
->left_pos
;
8215 modified_top
= f
->top_pos
;
8217 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_A
)
8219 /* Some WMs (twm, wmaker at least) has an offset that is smaller
8220 than the WM decorations. So we use the calculated offset instead
8221 of the WM decoration sizes here (x/y_pixels_outer_diff). */
8222 modified_left
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
;
8223 modified_top
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
;
8226 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8227 modified_left
, modified_top
);
8229 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
)
8230 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
)
8232 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->check_expected_move
= 1;
8233 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->expected_top
= f
->top_pos
;
8234 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->expected_left
= f
->left_pos
;
8240 /* Check if we need to resize the frame due to a fullscreen request.
8241 If so needed, resize the frame. */
8243 x_check_fullscreen (f
)
8246 if (f
->want_fullscreen
& FULLSCREEN_BOTH
)
8248 int width
, height
, ign
;
8250 x_real_positions (f
, &f
->left_pos
, &f
->top_pos
);
8252 x_fullscreen_adjust (f
, &width
, &height
, &ign
, &ign
);
8254 /* We do not need to move the window, it shall be taken care of
8255 when setting WM manager hints.
8256 If the frame is visible already, the position is checked by
8257 x_check_expected_move. */
8258 if (FRAME_COLS (f
) != width
|| FRAME_LINES (f
) != height
)
8260 change_frame_size (f
, height
, width
, 0, 1, 0);
8261 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
8262 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
8264 /* Wait for the change of frame size to occur */
8265 f
->want_fullscreen
|= FULLSCREEN_WAIT
;
8270 /* If frame parameters are set after the frame is mapped, we need to move
8272 Some window managers moves the window to the right position, some
8273 moves the outer window manager window to the specified position.
8274 Here we check that we are in the right spot. If not, make a second
8275 move, assuming we are dealing with the second kind of window manager. */
8277 x_check_expected_move (f
)
8280 if (FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->check_expected_move
)
8282 int expect_top
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->expected_top
;
8283 int expect_left
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->expected_left
;
8285 if (expect_top
!= f
->top_pos
|| expect_left
!= f
->left_pos
)
8287 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_A
;
8288 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
= expect_left
- f
->left_pos
;
8289 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
= expect_top
- f
->top_pos
;
8291 f
->left_pos
= expect_left
;
8292 f
->top_pos
= expect_top
;
8293 x_set_offset (f
, expect_left
, expect_top
, 0);
8295 else if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
)
8296 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_B
;
8298 /* Just do this once */
8299 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->check_expected_move
= 0;
8304 /* Change the size of frame F's X window to COLS/ROWS in the case F
8305 doesn't have a widget. If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to
8306 top-left-corner window gravity for this size change and subsequent
8307 size changes. Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
8310 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
)
8315 int pixelwidth
, pixelheight
;
8317 check_frame_size (f
, &rows
, &cols
);
8318 f
->scroll_bar_actual_width
8319 = (!FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
)
8321 : FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) > 0
8322 ? FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
)
8323 : (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
)));
8325 compute_fringe_widths (f
, 0);
8327 pixelwidth
= FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, cols
);
8328 pixelheight
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, rows
);
8330 f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
8331 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
8333 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
8334 XResizeWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8335 pixelwidth
, pixelheight
);
8337 /* Now, strictly speaking, we can't be sure that this is accurate,
8338 but the window manager will get around to dealing with the size
8339 change request eventually, and we'll hear how it went when the
8340 ConfigureNotify event gets here.
8342 We could just not bother storing any of this information here,
8343 and let the ConfigureNotify event set everything up, but that
8344 might be kind of confusing to the Lisp code, since size changes
8345 wouldn't be reported in the frame parameters until some random
8346 point in the future when the ConfigureNotify event arrives.
8348 We pass 1 for DELAY since we can't run Lisp code inside of
8350 change_frame_size (f
, rows
, cols
, 0, 1, 0);
8351 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) = pixelwidth
;
8352 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
) = pixelheight
;
8354 /* We've set {FRAME,PIXEL}_{WIDTH,HEIGHT} to the values we hope to
8355 receive in the ConfigureNotify event; if we get what we asked
8356 for, then the event won't cause the screen to become garbaged, so
8357 we have to make sure to do it here. */
8358 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
8360 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8364 /* Call this to change the size of frame F's x-window.
8365 If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to top-left-corner window gravity
8366 for this size change and subsequent size changes.
8367 Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
8370 x_set_window_size (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
)
8378 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
8379 xg_frame_set_char_size (f
, cols
, rows
);
8381 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
8384 if (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
!= NULL
)
8386 /* The x and y position of the widget is clobbered by the
8387 call to XtSetValues within EmacsFrameSetCharSize.
8388 This is a real kludge, but I don't understand Xt so I can't
8389 figure out a correct fix. Can anyone else tell me? -- rms. */
8390 int xpos
= f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.x
;
8391 int ypos
= f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.y
;
8392 EmacsFrameSetCharSize (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
, cols
, rows
);
8393 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.x
= xpos
;
8394 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.y
= ypos
;
8397 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
8399 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8401 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
8403 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8405 /* If cursor was outside the new size, mark it as off. */
8406 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (f
->root_window
));
8408 /* Clear out any recollection of where the mouse highlighting was,
8409 since it might be in a place that's outside the new frame size.
8410 Actually checking whether it is outside is a pain in the neck,
8411 so don't try--just let the highlighting be done afresh with new size. */
8412 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
8417 /* Mouse warping. */
8420 x_set_mouse_position (f
, x
, y
)
8426 pix_x
= FRAME_COL_TO_PIXEL_X (f
, x
) + FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) / 2;
8427 pix_y
= FRAME_LINE_TO_PIXEL_Y (f
, y
) + FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) / 2;
8429 if (pix_x
< 0) pix_x
= 0;
8430 if (pix_x
> FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)) pix_x
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
8432 if (pix_y
< 0) pix_y
= 0;
8433 if (pix_y
> FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
)) pix_y
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8437 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8438 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
8442 /* Move the mouse to position pixel PIX_X, PIX_Y relative to frame F. */
8445 x_set_mouse_pixel_position (f
, pix_x
, pix_y
)
8451 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8452 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
8456 /* focus shifting, raising and lowering. */
8459 x_focus_on_frame (f
)
8462 #if 0 /* This proves to be unpleasant. */
8466 /* I don't think that the ICCCM allows programs to do things like this
8467 without the interaction of the window manager. Whatever you end up
8468 doing with this code, do it to x_unfocus_frame too. */
8469 XSetInputFocus (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8470 RevertToPointerRoot
, CurrentTime
);
8479 /* Look at the remarks in x_focus_on_frame. */
8480 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_focus_frame
== f
)
8481 XSetInputFocus (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), PointerRoot
,
8482 RevertToPointerRoot
, CurrentTime
);
8486 /* Raise frame F. */
8492 if (f
->async_visible
)
8495 XRaiseWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
8496 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8501 /* Lower frame F. */
8507 if (f
->async_visible
)
8510 XLowerWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
8511 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8517 XTframe_raise_lower (f
, raise_flag
)
8527 /* Change of visibility. */
8529 /* This tries to wait until the frame is really visible.
8530 However, if the window manager asks the user where to position
8531 the frame, this will return before the user finishes doing that.
8532 The frame will not actually be visible at that time,
8533 but it will become visible later when the window manager
8534 finishes with it. */
8537 x_make_frame_visible (f
)
8541 int original_top
, original_left
;
8542 int retry_count
= 2;
8548 type
= x_icon_type (f
);
8550 x_bitmap_icon (f
, type
);
8552 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8554 /* We test FRAME_GARBAGED_P here to make sure we don't
8555 call x_set_offset a second time
8556 if we get to x_make_frame_visible a second time
8557 before the window gets really visible. */
8558 if (! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
8559 && ! f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
)
8560 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
8562 f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
= 1;
8564 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
8565 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, NormalState
);
8566 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8567 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
8568 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
8569 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8571 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
8572 gtk_window_deiconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
8574 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
8575 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
8576 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8577 #if 0 /* This seems to bring back scroll bars in the wrong places
8578 if the window configuration has changed. They seem
8579 to come back ok without this. */
8580 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
))
8581 XMapSubwindows (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
8585 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8587 /* Synchronize to ensure Emacs knows the frame is visible
8588 before we do anything else. We do this loop with input not blocked
8589 so that incoming events are handled. */
8593 /* This must be before UNBLOCK_INPUT
8594 since events that arrive in response to the actions above
8595 will set it when they are handled. */
8596 int previously_visible
= f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
;
8598 original_left
= f
->left_pos
;
8599 original_top
= f
->top_pos
;
8601 /* This must come after we set COUNT. */
8604 /* We unblock here so that arriving X events are processed. */
8606 /* Now move the window back to where it was "supposed to be".
8607 But don't do it if the gravity is negative.
8608 When the gravity is negative, this uses a position
8609 that is 3 pixels too low. Perhaps that's really the border width.
8611 Don't do this if the window has never been visible before,
8612 because the window manager may choose the position
8613 and we don't want to override it. */
8615 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && ! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
8616 && f
->win_gravity
== NorthWestGravity
8617 && previously_visible
)
8621 unsigned int width
, height
, border
, depth
;
8625 /* On some window managers (such as FVWM) moving an existing
8626 window, even to the same place, causes the window manager
8627 to introduce an offset. This can cause the window to move
8628 to an unexpected location. Check the geometry (a little
8629 slow here) and then verify that the window is in the right
8630 place. If the window is not in the right place, move it
8631 there, and take the potential window manager hit. */
8632 XGetGeometry (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8633 &rootw
, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
, &border
, &depth
);
8635 if (original_left
!= x
|| original_top
!= y
)
8636 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8637 original_left
, original_top
);
8642 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8644 /* Wait until the frame is visible. Process X events until a
8645 MapNotify event has been seen, or until we think we won't get a
8646 MapNotify at all.. */
8647 for (count
= input_signal_count
+ 10;
8648 input_signal_count
< count
&& !FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
);)
8650 /* Force processing of queued events. */
8653 /* Machines that do polling rather than SIGIO have been
8654 observed to go into a busy-wait here. So we'll fake an
8655 alarm signal to let the handler know that there's something
8656 to be read. We used to raise a real alarm, but it seems
8657 that the handler isn't always enabled here. This is
8659 if (input_polling_used ())
8661 /* It could be confusing if a real alarm arrives while
8662 processing the fake one. Turn it off and let the
8663 handler reset it. */
8664 extern void poll_for_input_1
P_ ((void));
8665 int old_poll_suppress_count
= poll_suppress_count
;
8666 poll_suppress_count
= 1;
8667 poll_for_input_1 ();
8668 poll_suppress_count
= old_poll_suppress_count
;
8671 /* See if a MapNotify event has been processed. */
8672 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f
);
8677 (let ((f (selected-frame)))
8681 the frame is not raised with various window managers on
8682 FreeBSD, GNU/Linux and Solaris. It turns out that, for some
8683 unknown reason, the call to XtMapWidget is completely ignored.
8684 Mapping the widget a second time works. */
8686 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && --retry_count
> 0)
8691 /* Change from mapped state to withdrawn state. */
8693 /* Make the frame visible (mapped and not iconified). */
8696 x_make_frame_invisible (f
)
8701 /* Use the frame's outermost window, not the one we normally draw on. */
8702 window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
8704 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
8705 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
8706 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
8708 #if 0/* This might add unreliability; I don't trust it -- rms. */
8709 if (! f
->async_visible
&& ! f
->async_iconified
)
8715 /* Before unmapping the window, update the WM_SIZE_HINTS property to claim
8716 that the current position of the window is user-specified, rather than
8717 program-specified, so that when the window is mapped again, it will be
8718 placed at the same location, without forcing the user to position it
8719 by hand again (they have already done that once for this window.) */
8720 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 1);
8723 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
8724 gtk_widget_hide (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
8730 if (! XWithdrawWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
,
8731 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))))
8733 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL
;
8734 error ("Can't notify window manager of window withdrawal");
8736 #else /* ! defined (HAVE_X11R4) */
8738 /* Tell the window manager what we're going to do. */
8739 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
8743 unmap
.xunmap
.type
= UnmapNotify
;
8744 unmap
.xunmap
.window
= window
;
8745 unmap
.xunmap
.event
= DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8746 unmap
.xunmap
.from_configure
= False
;
8747 if (! XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
8748 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)),
8750 SubstructureRedirectMaskSubstructureNotifyMask
,
8753 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL
;
8754 error ("Can't notify window manager of withdrawal");
8758 /* Unmap the window ourselves. Cheeky! */
8759 XUnmapWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
);
8760 #endif /* ! defined (HAVE_X11R4) */
8763 /* We can't distinguish this from iconification
8764 just by the event that we get from the server.
8765 So we can't win using the usual strategy of letting
8766 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY set this. So do it by hand,
8767 and synchronize with the server to make sure we agree. */
8769 FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
) = 0;
8770 f
->async_visible
= 0;
8771 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
8778 /* Change window state from mapped to iconified. */
8787 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
8788 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
8789 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
8791 if (f
->async_iconified
)
8796 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f
);
8798 type
= x_icon_type (f
);
8800 x_bitmap_icon (f
, type
);
8803 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
8805 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8806 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
8808 gtk_window_iconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
8811 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
8812 f
->async_visible
= 0;
8818 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8820 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8822 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
8823 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
8824 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
8825 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
8826 /* The server won't give us any event to indicate
8827 that an invisible frame was changed to an icon,
8828 so we have to record it here. */
8831 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
8832 f
->async_visible
= 0;
8837 result
= XIconifyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
8838 XtWindow (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
),
8839 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)));
8843 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
8845 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
8846 f
->async_visible
= 0;
8850 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8852 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8854 /* Make sure the X server knows where the window should be positioned,
8855 in case the user deiconifies with the window manager. */
8856 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && !FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
))
8857 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
8859 /* Since we don't know which revision of X we're running, we'll use both
8860 the X11R3 and X11R4 techniques. I don't know if this is a good idea. */
8862 /* X11R4: send a ClientMessage to the window manager using the
8863 WM_CHANGE_STATE type. */
8867 message
.xclient
.window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
8868 message
.xclient
.type
= ClientMessage
;
8869 message
.xclient
.message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_wm_change_state
;
8870 message
.xclient
.format
= 32;
8871 message
.xclient
.data
.l
[0] = IconicState
;
8873 if (! XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
8874 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)),
8876 SubstructureRedirectMask
| SubstructureNotifyMask
,
8879 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL
;
8880 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
8884 /* X11R3: set the initial_state field of the window manager hints to
8886 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
8888 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8890 /* If the frame was withdrawn, before, we must map it. */
8891 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
8894 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
8895 f
->async_visible
= 0;
8897 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8899 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8903 /* Free X resources of frame F. */
8906 x_free_frame_resources (f
)
8909 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8911 struct scroll_bar
*b
;
8915 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
8916 commands to the X server. */
8917 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8919 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
)
8920 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
);
8922 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8923 /* Explicitly destroy the scroll bars of the frame. Without
8924 this, we get "BadDrawable" errors from the toolkit later on,
8925 presumably from expose events generated for the disappearing
8926 toolkit scroll bars. */
8927 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); !NILP (bar
); bar
= b
->next
)
8929 b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
8930 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
8939 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8940 if (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
)
8942 XtDestroyWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
8943 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
= NULL
;
8945 /* Tooltips don't have widgets, only a simple X window, even if
8946 we are using a toolkit. */
8947 else if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
8948 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
8950 free_frame_menubar (f
);
8951 #else /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8954 /* In the GTK version, tooltips are normal X
8955 frames. We must check and free both types. */
8956 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
8958 gtk_widget_destroy (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
8959 FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) = 0; /* Set to avoid XDestroyWindow below */
8960 FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
) = 0;
8962 #endif /* USE_GTK */
8964 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
8965 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
8966 #endif /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8968 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->foreground_pixel
);
8969 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->background_pixel
);
8970 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
);
8971 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
);
8972 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
8973 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->mouse_pixel
);
8975 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
!= -1)
8976 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
);
8977 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
8978 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
8979 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
8980 /* Scrollbar shadow colors. */
8981 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
8982 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
);
8983 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
8984 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
);
8985 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
8986 if (f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.allocated_p
)
8987 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.pixel
);
8988 if (f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.allocated_p
)
8989 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.pixel
);
8991 if (FRAME_FACE_CACHE (f
))
8992 free_frame_faces (f
);
8995 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8998 if (f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
)
8999 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
);
9001 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
);
9002 f
->output_data
.x
= NULL
;
9004 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
9005 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= 0;
9006 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
)
9007 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
9008 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
9009 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9011 if (f
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
9013 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
9014 = dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
9015 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
9016 = dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
9017 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
9018 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
9019 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
9026 /* Destroy the X window of frame F. */
9029 x_destroy_window (f
)
9032 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9034 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
9035 commands to the X server. */
9036 if (dpyinfo
->display
!= 0)
9037 x_free_frame_resources (f
);
9039 dpyinfo
->reference_count
--;
9043 /* Setting window manager hints. */
9045 /* Set the normal size hints for the window manager, for frame F.
9046 FLAGS is the flags word to use--or 0 meaning preserve the flags
9047 that the window now has.
9048 If USER_POSITION is nonzero, we set the USPosition
9049 flag (this is useful when FLAGS is 0).
9050 The GTK version is in gtkutils.c */
9054 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, flags
, user_position
)
9059 XSizeHints size_hints
;
9061 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9064 Dimension widget_width
, widget_height
;
9067 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9069 /* Setting PMaxSize caused various problems. */
9070 size_hints
.flags
= PResizeInc
| PMinSize
/* | PMaxSize */;
9072 size_hints
.x
= f
->left_pos
;
9073 size_hints
.y
= f
->top_pos
;
9075 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9076 XtSetArg (al
[ac
], XtNwidth
, &widget_width
); ac
++;
9077 XtSetArg (al
[ac
], XtNheight
, &widget_height
); ac
++;
9078 XtGetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, ac
);
9079 size_hints
.height
= widget_height
;
9080 size_hints
.width
= widget_width
;
9081 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9082 size_hints
.height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
9083 size_hints
.width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
9084 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9086 size_hints
.width_inc
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
9087 size_hints
.height_inc
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
9088 size_hints
.max_width
9089 = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->width
- FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
9090 size_hints
.max_height
9091 = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->height
- FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
9093 /* Calculate the base and minimum sizes.
9095 (When we use the X toolkit, we don't do it here.
9096 Instead we copy the values that the widgets are using, below.) */
9097 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9099 int base_width
, base_height
;
9100 int min_rows
= 0, min_cols
= 0;
9102 base_width
= FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
9103 base_height
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
9105 check_frame_size (f
, &min_rows
, &min_cols
);
9107 /* The window manager uses the base width hints to calculate the
9108 current number of rows and columns in the frame while
9109 resizing; min_width and min_height aren't useful for this
9110 purpose, since they might not give the dimensions for a
9111 zero-row, zero-column frame.
9113 We use the base_width and base_height members if we have
9114 them; otherwise, we set the min_width and min_height members
9115 to the size for a zero x zero frame. */
9118 size_hints
.flags
|= PBaseSize
;
9119 size_hints
.base_width
= base_width
;
9120 size_hints
.base_height
= base_height
;
9121 size_hints
.min_width
= base_width
+ min_cols
* size_hints
.width_inc
;
9122 size_hints
.min_height
= base_height
+ min_rows
* size_hints
.height_inc
;
9124 size_hints
.min_width
= base_width
;
9125 size_hints
.min_height
= base_height
;
9129 /* If we don't need the old flags, we don't need the old hint at all. */
9132 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
9135 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9138 XSizeHints hints
; /* Sometimes I hate X Windows... */
9139 long supplied_return
;
9143 value
= XGetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &hints
,
9146 value
= XGetNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &hints
);
9149 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9150 size_hints
.base_height
= hints
.base_height
;
9151 size_hints
.base_width
= hints
.base_width
;
9152 size_hints
.min_height
= hints
.min_height
;
9153 size_hints
.min_width
= hints
.min_width
;
9157 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
9162 if (hints
.flags
& PSize
)
9163 size_hints
.flags
|= PSize
;
9164 if (hints
.flags
& PPosition
)
9165 size_hints
.flags
|= PPosition
;
9166 if (hints
.flags
& USPosition
)
9167 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
9168 if (hints
.flags
& USSize
)
9169 size_hints
.flags
|= USSize
;
9173 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9178 size_hints
.win_gravity
= f
->win_gravity
;
9179 size_hints
.flags
|= PWinGravity
;
9183 size_hints
.flags
&= ~ PPosition
;
9184 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
9186 #endif /* PWinGravity */
9189 XSetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &size_hints
);
9191 XSetNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &size_hints
);
9194 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
9196 /* Used for IconicState or NormalState */
9199 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, state
)
9203 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9206 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNinitialState
, state
);
9207 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9208 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9209 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
9211 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= StateHint
;
9212 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.initial_state
= state
;
9214 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9215 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9219 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, pixmap_id
)
9223 Pixmap icon_pixmap
, icon_mask
;
9225 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9226 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9231 icon_pixmap
= x_bitmap_pixmap (f
, pixmap_id
);
9232 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_pixmap
= icon_pixmap
;
9233 icon_mask
= x_bitmap_mask (f
, pixmap_id
);
9234 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_mask
= icon_mask
;
9238 /* It seems there is no way to turn off use of an icon pixmap.
9239 The following line does it, only if no icon has yet been created,
9240 for some window managers. But with mwm it crashes.
9241 Some people say it should clear the IconPixmapHint bit in this case,
9242 but that doesn't work, and the X consortium said it isn't the
9243 right thing at all. Since there is no way to win,
9244 best to explicitly give up. */
9246 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_pixmap
= None
;
9247 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_mask
= None
;
9256 xg_set_frame_icon (f
, icon_pixmap
, icon_mask
);
9260 #elif defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) /* same as in x_wm_set_window_state. */
9264 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconPixmap
, icon_pixmap
);
9265 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9266 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconMask
, icon_mask
);
9267 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9270 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT && not USE_GTK */
9272 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= (IconPixmapHint
| IconMaskHint
);
9273 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9275 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT && not USE_GTK */
9279 x_wm_set_icon_position (f
, icon_x
, icon_y
)
9283 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9285 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= IconPositionHint
;
9286 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_x
= icon_x
;
9287 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_y
= icon_y
;
9289 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9293 /***********************************************************************
9295 ***********************************************************************/
9297 /* Return a pointer to struct font_info of font FONT_IDX of frame F. */
9300 x_get_font_info (f
, font_idx
)
9304 return (FRAME_X_FONT_TABLE (f
) + font_idx
);
9308 /* Return a list of names of available fonts matching PATTERN on frame F.
9310 If SIZE is > 0, it is the size (maximum bounds width) of fonts
9313 SIZE < 0 means include scalable fonts.
9315 Frame F null means we have not yet created any frame on X, and
9316 consult the first display in x_display_list. MAXNAMES sets a limit
9317 on how many fonts to match. */
9320 x_list_fonts (f
, pattern
, size
, maxnames
)
9322 Lisp_Object pattern
;
9326 Lisp_Object list
= Qnil
, patterns
, newlist
= Qnil
, key
= Qnil
;
9327 Lisp_Object tem
, second_best
;
9328 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
9329 = f
? FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) : x_display_list
;
9330 Display
*dpy
= dpyinfo
->display
;
9331 int try_XLoadQueryFont
= 0;
9332 int allow_auto_scaled_font
= 0;
9336 allow_auto_scaled_font
= 1;
9340 patterns
= Fassoc (pattern
, Valternate_fontname_alist
);
9341 if (NILP (patterns
))
9342 patterns
= Fcons (pattern
, Qnil
);
9344 if (maxnames
== 1 && !size
)
9345 /* We can return any single font matching PATTERN. */
9346 try_XLoadQueryFont
= 1;
9348 for (; CONSP (patterns
); patterns
= XCDR (patterns
))
9351 char **names
= NULL
;
9353 pattern
= XCAR (patterns
);
9354 /* See if we cached the result for this particular query.
9355 The cache is an alist of the form:
9356 ((((PATTERN . MAXNAMES) . SCALABLE) (FONTNAME . WIDTH) ...) ...) */
9357 tem
= XCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
);
9358 key
= Fcons (Fcons (pattern
, make_number (maxnames
)),
9359 allow_auto_scaled_font
? Qt
: Qnil
);
9360 list
= Fassoc (key
, tem
);
9363 list
= Fcdr_safe (list
);
9364 /* We have a cashed list. Don't have to get the list again. */
9368 /* At first, put PATTERN in the cache. */
9371 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
9373 if (try_XLoadQueryFont
)
9376 unsigned long value
;
9378 font
= XLoadQueryFont (dpy
, SDATA (pattern
));
9379 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
9381 /* This error is perhaps due to insufficient memory on X
9382 server. Let's just ignore it. */
9384 x_clear_errors (dpy
);
9388 && XGetFontProperty (font
, XA_FONT
, &value
))
9390 char *name
= (char *) XGetAtomName (dpy
, (Atom
) value
);
9391 int len
= strlen (name
);
9394 /* If DXPC (a Differential X Protocol Compressor)
9395 Ver.3.7 is running, XGetAtomName will return null
9396 string. We must avoid such a name. */
9398 try_XLoadQueryFont
= 0;
9402 names
= (char **) alloca (sizeof (char *));
9403 /* Some systems only allow alloca assigned to a
9405 tmp
= (char *) alloca (len
+ 1); names
[0] = tmp
;
9406 bcopy (name
, names
[0], len
+ 1);
9411 try_XLoadQueryFont
= 0;
9414 XFreeFont (dpy
, font
);
9417 if (!try_XLoadQueryFont
)
9419 /* We try at least 10 fonts because XListFonts will return
9420 auto-scaled fonts at the head. */
9427 names
= XListFonts (dpy
, SDATA (pattern
), limit
, &num_fonts
);
9428 if (num_fonts
== limit
)
9431 XFreeFontNames (names
);
9440 names
= XListFonts (dpy
, SDATA (pattern
), max (maxnames
, 10),
9443 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
9445 /* This error is perhaps due to insufficient memory on X
9446 server. Let's just ignore it. */
9448 x_clear_errors (dpy
);
9452 x_uncatch_errors ();
9459 /* Make a list of all the fonts we got back.
9460 Store that in the font cache for the display. */
9461 for (i
= 0; i
< num_fonts
; i
++)
9465 int average_width
= -1, resx
= 0, dashes
= 0;
9467 /* Count the number of dashes in NAMES[I]. If there are
9468 14 dashes, the field value following 9th dash
9469 (RESOLUTION_X) is nonzero, and the field value
9470 following 12th dash (AVERAGE_WIDTH) is 0, this is a
9471 auto-scaled font which is usually too ugly to be used
9472 for editing. Let's ignore it. */
9477 if (dashes
== 7) /* PIXEL_SIZE field */
9479 else if (dashes
== 9)
9481 else if (dashes
== 12) /* AVERAGE_WIDTH field */
9482 average_width
= atoi (p
);
9485 if (allow_auto_scaled_font
9486 || dashes
< 14 || average_width
!= 0 || resx
== 0)
9488 tem
= build_string (names
[i
]);
9489 if (NILP (Fassoc (tem
, list
)))
9491 if (STRINGP (Vx_pixel_size_width_font_regexp
)
9492 && ((fast_c_string_match_ignore_case
9493 (Vx_pixel_size_width_font_regexp
, names
[i
]))
9495 /* We can set the value of PIXEL_SIZE to the
9496 width of this font. */
9497 list
= Fcons (Fcons (tem
, make_number (width
)), list
);
9499 /* For the moment, width is not known. */
9500 list
= Fcons (Fcons (tem
, Qnil
), list
);
9505 if (!try_XLoadQueryFont
)
9508 XFreeFontNames (names
);
9513 /* Now store the result in the cache. */
9514 XSETCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
,
9515 Fcons (Fcons (key
, list
), XCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
)));
9518 if (NILP (list
)) continue; /* Try the remaining alternatives. */
9520 newlist
= second_best
= Qnil
;
9521 /* Make a list of the fonts that have the right width. */
9522 for (; CONSP (list
); list
= XCDR (list
))
9528 if (!CONSP (tem
) || NILP (XCAR (tem
)))
9532 newlist
= Fcons (XCAR (tem
), newlist
);
9536 if (!INTEGERP (XCDR (tem
)))
9538 /* Since we have not yet known the size of this font, we
9539 must try slow function call XLoadQueryFont. */
9540 XFontStruct
*thisinfo
;
9543 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
9544 thisinfo
= XLoadQueryFont (dpy
,
9545 SDATA (XCAR (tem
)));
9546 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
9548 /* This error is perhaps due to insufficient memory on X
9549 server. Let's just ignore it. */
9551 x_clear_errors (dpy
);
9553 x_uncatch_errors ();
9559 (thisinfo
->min_bounds
.width
== 0
9561 : make_number (thisinfo
->max_bounds
.width
)));
9563 XFreeFont (dpy
, thisinfo
);
9567 /* For unknown reason, the previous call of XListFont had
9568 returned a font which can't be opened. Record the size
9569 as 0 not to try to open it again. */
9570 XSETCDR (tem
, make_number (0));
9573 found_size
= XINT (XCDR (tem
));
9574 if (found_size
== size
)
9575 newlist
= Fcons (XCAR (tem
), newlist
);
9576 else if (found_size
> 0)
9578 if (NILP (second_best
))
9580 else if (found_size
< size
)
9582 if (XINT (XCDR (second_best
)) > size
9583 || XINT (XCDR (second_best
)) < found_size
)
9588 if (XINT (XCDR (second_best
)) > size
9589 && XINT (XCDR (second_best
)) > found_size
)
9594 if (!NILP (newlist
))
9596 else if (!NILP (second_best
))
9598 newlist
= Fcons (XCAR (second_best
), Qnil
);
9609 /* Check that FONT is valid on frame F. It is if it can be found in F's
9613 x_check_font (f
, font
)
9618 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9620 xassert (font
!= NULL
);
9622 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; i
++)
9623 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
9624 && font
== dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].font
)
9627 xassert (i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
);
9630 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG != 0 */
9632 /* Set *W to the minimum width, *H to the minimum font height of FONT.
9633 Note: There are (broken) X fonts out there with invalid XFontStruct
9634 min_bounds contents. For example, handa@etl.go.jp reports that
9635 "-adobe-courier-medium-r-normal--*-180-*-*-m-*-iso8859-1" fonts
9636 have font->min_bounds.width == 0. */
9639 x_font_min_bounds (font
, w
, h
)
9643 *h
= FONT_HEIGHT (font
);
9644 *w
= font
->min_bounds
.width
;
9646 /* Try to handle the case where FONT->min_bounds has invalid
9647 contents. Since the only font known to have invalid min_bounds
9648 is fixed-width, use max_bounds if min_bounds seems to be invalid. */
9650 *w
= font
->max_bounds
.width
;
9654 /* Compute the smallest character width and smallest font height over
9655 all fonts available on frame F. Set the members smallest_char_width
9656 and smallest_font_height in F's x_display_info structure to
9657 the values computed. Value is non-zero if smallest_font_height or
9658 smallest_char_width become smaller than they were before. */
9661 x_compute_min_glyph_bounds (f
)
9665 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9667 int old_width
= dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
;
9668 int old_height
= dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
;
9670 dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
= 100000;
9671 dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
= 100000;
9673 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; ++i
)
9674 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
)
9676 struct font_info
*fontp
= dpyinfo
->font_table
+ i
;
9679 font
= (XFontStruct
*) fontp
->font
;
9680 xassert (font
!= (XFontStruct
*) ~0);
9681 x_font_min_bounds (font
, &w
, &h
);
9683 dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
= min (dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
, h
);
9684 dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
= min (dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
, w
);
9687 xassert (dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
> 0
9688 && dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
> 0);
9690 return (dpyinfo
->n_fonts
== 1
9691 || dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
< old_width
9692 || dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
< old_height
);
9696 /* Load font named FONTNAME of the size SIZE for frame F, and return a
9697 pointer to the structure font_info while allocating it dynamically.
9698 If SIZE is 0, load any size of font.
9699 If loading is failed, return NULL. */
9702 x_load_font (f
, fontname
, size
)
9704 register char *fontname
;
9707 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9708 Lisp_Object font_names
;
9710 /* Get a list of all the fonts that match this name. Once we
9711 have a list of matching fonts, we compare them against the fonts
9712 we already have by comparing names. */
9713 font_names
= x_list_fonts (f
, build_string (fontname
), size
, 1);
9715 if (!NILP (font_names
))
9720 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; i
++)
9721 for (tail
= font_names
; CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
9722 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
9723 && (!strcmp (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
,
9724 SDATA (XCAR (tail
)))
9725 || !strcmp (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].full_name
,
9726 SDATA (XCAR (tail
)))))
9727 return (dpyinfo
->font_table
+ i
);
9730 /* Load the font and add it to the table. */
9734 struct font_info
*fontp
;
9735 unsigned long value
;
9738 /* If we have found fonts by x_list_font, load one of them. If
9739 not, we still try to load a font by the name given as FONTNAME
9740 because XListFonts (called in x_list_font) of some X server has
9741 a bug of not finding a font even if the font surely exists and
9742 is loadable by XLoadQueryFont. */
9743 if (size
> 0 && !NILP (font_names
))
9744 fontname
= (char *) SDATA (XCAR (font_names
));
9747 x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9748 font
= (XFontStruct
*) XLoadQueryFont (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), fontname
);
9749 if (x_had_errors_p (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)))
9751 /* This error is perhaps due to insufficient memory on X
9752 server. Let's just ignore it. */
9754 x_clear_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9756 x_uncatch_errors ();
9761 /* Find a free slot in the font table. */
9762 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; ++i
)
9763 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
== NULL
)
9766 /* If no free slot found, maybe enlarge the font table. */
9767 if (i
== dpyinfo
->n_fonts
9768 && dpyinfo
->n_fonts
== dpyinfo
->font_table_size
)
9771 dpyinfo
->font_table_size
= max (16, 2 * dpyinfo
->font_table_size
);
9772 sz
= dpyinfo
->font_table_size
* sizeof *dpyinfo
->font_table
;
9774 = (struct font_info
*) xrealloc (dpyinfo
->font_table
, sz
);
9777 fontp
= dpyinfo
->font_table
+ i
;
9778 if (i
== dpyinfo
->n_fonts
)
9781 /* Now fill in the slots of *FONTP. */
9783 bzero (fontp
, sizeof (*fontp
));
9785 fontp
->font_idx
= i
;
9786 fontp
->name
= (char *) xmalloc (strlen (fontname
) + 1);
9787 bcopy (fontname
, fontp
->name
, strlen (fontname
) + 1);
9789 if (font
->min_bounds
.width
== font
->max_bounds
.width
)
9791 /* Fixed width font. */
9792 fontp
->average_width
= fontp
->space_width
= font
->min_bounds
.width
;
9799 char2b
.byte1
= 0x00, char2b
.byte2
= 0x20;
9800 pcm
= x_per_char_metric (font
, &char2b
, 0);
9802 fontp
->space_width
= pcm
->width
;
9804 fontp
->space_width
= FONT_WIDTH (font
);
9806 fontp
->average_width
9807 = (XGetFontProperty (font
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_AVERAGE_WIDTH
, &value
)
9808 ? (long) value
/ 10 : 0);
9809 if (fontp
->average_width
< 0)
9810 fontp
->average_width
= - fontp
->average_width
;
9811 if (fontp
->average_width
== 0)
9815 int width
= pcm
->width
;
9816 for (char2b
.byte2
= 33; char2b
.byte2
<= 126; char2b
.byte2
++)
9817 if ((pcm
= x_per_char_metric (font
, &char2b
, 0)) != NULL
)
9818 width
+= pcm
->width
;
9819 fontp
->average_width
= width
/ 95;
9822 fontp
->average_width
= FONT_WIDTH (font
);
9826 /* Try to get the full name of FONT. Put it in FULL_NAME. */
9828 if (XGetFontProperty (font
, XA_FONT
, &value
))
9830 char *name
= (char *) XGetAtomName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), (Atom
) value
);
9834 /* Count the number of dashes in the "full name".
9835 If it is too few, this isn't really the font's full name,
9837 In X11R4, the fonts did not come with their canonical names
9848 full_name
= (char *) xmalloc (p
- name
+ 1);
9849 bcopy (name
, full_name
, p
- name
+ 1);
9856 fontp
->full_name
= full_name
;
9858 fontp
->full_name
= fontp
->name
;
9860 fontp
->size
= font
->max_bounds
.width
;
9861 fontp
->height
= FONT_HEIGHT (font
);
9863 if (NILP (font_names
))
9865 /* We come here because of a bug of XListFonts mentioned at
9866 the head of this block. Let's store this information in
9867 the cache for x_list_fonts. */
9868 Lisp_Object lispy_name
= build_string (fontname
);
9869 Lisp_Object lispy_full_name
= build_string (fontp
->full_name
);
9870 Lisp_Object key
= Fcons (Fcons (lispy_name
, make_number (256)),
9873 XSETCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
,
9875 Fcons (Fcons (lispy_full_name
,
9876 make_number (fontp
->size
)),
9878 XCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
)));
9881 key
= Fcons (Fcons (lispy_full_name
, make_number (256)),
9883 XSETCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
,
9885 Fcons (Fcons (lispy_full_name
,
9886 make_number (fontp
->size
)),
9888 XCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
)));
9892 /* The slot `encoding' specifies how to map a character
9893 code-points (0x20..0x7F or 0x2020..0x7F7F) of each charset to
9894 the font code-points (0:0x20..0x7F, 1:0xA0..0xFF), or
9895 (0:0x2020..0x7F7F, 1:0xA0A0..0xFFFF, 3:0x20A0..0x7FFF,
9896 2:0xA020..0xFF7F). For the moment, we don't know which charset
9897 uses this font. So, we set information in fontp->encoding[1]
9898 which is never used by any charset. If mapping can't be
9899 decided, set FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED. */
9901 = (font
->max_byte1
== 0
9903 ? (font
->min_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
9904 ? (font
->max_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
9905 ? 0 /* 0x20..0x7F */
9906 : FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED
) /* 0x20..0xFF */
9907 : 1) /* 0xA0..0xFF */
9909 : (font
->min_byte1
< 0x80
9910 ? (font
->max_byte1
< 0x80
9911 ? (font
->min_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
9912 ? (font
->max_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
9913 ? 0 /* 0x2020..0x7F7F */
9914 : FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED
) /* 0x2020..0x7FFF */
9915 : 3) /* 0x20A0..0x7FFF */
9916 : FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED
) /* 0x20??..0xA0?? */
9917 : (font
->min_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
9918 ? (font
->max_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
9919 ? 2 /* 0xA020..0xFF7F */
9920 : FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED
) /* 0xA020..0xFFFF */
9921 : 1))); /* 0xA0A0..0xFFFF */
9923 fontp
->baseline_offset
9924 = (XGetFontProperty (font
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET
, &value
)
9925 ? (long) value
: 0);
9926 fontp
->relative_compose
9927 = (XGetFontProperty (font
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE
, &value
)
9928 ? (long) value
: 0);
9929 fontp
->default_ascent
9930 = (XGetFontProperty (font
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT
, &value
)
9931 ? (long) value
: 0);
9933 /* Set global flag fonts_changed_p to non-zero if the font loaded
9934 has a character with a smaller width than any other character
9935 before, or if the font loaded has a smaller height than any
9936 other font loaded before. If this happens, it will make a
9937 glyph matrix reallocation necessary. */
9938 fonts_changed_p
|= x_compute_min_glyph_bounds (f
);
9945 /* Return a pointer to struct font_info of a font named FONTNAME for
9946 frame F. If no such font is loaded, return NULL. */
9949 x_query_font (f
, fontname
)
9951 register char *fontname
;
9953 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9956 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; i
++)
9957 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
9958 && (!strcmp (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
, fontname
)
9959 || !strcmp (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].full_name
, fontname
)))
9960 return (dpyinfo
->font_table
+ i
);
9965 /* Find a CCL program for a font specified by FONTP, and set the member
9966 `encoder' of the structure. */
9969 x_find_ccl_program (fontp
)
9970 struct font_info
*fontp
;
9972 Lisp_Object list
, elt
;
9975 for (list
= Vfont_ccl_encoder_alist
; CONSP (list
); list
= XCDR (list
))
9979 && STRINGP (XCAR (elt
))
9980 && ((fast_c_string_match_ignore_case (XCAR (elt
), fontp
->name
)
9982 || (fast_c_string_match_ignore_case (XCAR (elt
), fontp
->full_name
)
9989 struct ccl_program
*ccl
9990 = (struct ccl_program
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct ccl_program
));
9992 if (setup_ccl_program (ccl
, XCDR (elt
)) < 0)
9995 fontp
->font_encoder
= ccl
;
10001 /***********************************************************************
10003 ***********************************************************************/
10005 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10006 static XrmOptionDescRec emacs_options
[] = {
10007 {"-geometry", ".geometry", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
10008 {"-iconic", ".iconic", XrmoptionNoArg
, (XtPointer
) "yes"},
10010 {"-internal-border-width", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth",
10011 XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
10012 {"-ib", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
10014 {"-T", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
10015 {"-wn", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
10016 {"-title", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
10017 {"-iconname", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
10018 {"-in", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
10019 {"-mc", "*pointerColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
10020 {"-cr", "*cursorColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
}
10022 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10024 static int x_initialized
;
10026 #ifdef MULTI_KBOARD
10027 /* Test whether two display-name strings agree up to the dot that separates
10028 the screen number from the server number. */
10030 same_x_server (name1
, name2
)
10031 const char *name1
, *name2
;
10033 int seen_colon
= 0;
10034 const unsigned char *system_name
= SDATA (Vsystem_name
);
10035 int system_name_length
= strlen (system_name
);
10036 int length_until_period
= 0;
10038 while (system_name
[length_until_period
] != 0
10039 && system_name
[length_until_period
] != '.')
10040 length_until_period
++;
10042 /* Treat `unix' like an empty host name. */
10043 if (! strncmp (name1
, "unix:", 5))
10045 if (! strncmp (name2
, "unix:", 5))
10047 /* Treat this host's name like an empty host name. */
10048 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
10049 && name1
[system_name_length
] == ':')
10050 name1
+= system_name_length
;
10051 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
10052 && name2
[system_name_length
] == ':')
10053 name2
+= system_name_length
;
10054 /* Treat this host's domainless name like an empty host name. */
10055 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
10056 && name1
[length_until_period
] == ':')
10057 name1
+= length_until_period
;
10058 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
10059 && name2
[length_until_period
] == ':')
10060 name2
+= length_until_period
;
10062 for (; *name1
!= '\0' && *name1
== *name2
; name1
++, name2
++)
10066 if (seen_colon
&& *name1
== '.')
10070 && (*name1
== '.' || *name1
== '\0')
10071 && (*name2
== '.' || *name2
== '\0'));
10075 /* Count number of set bits in mask and number of bits to shift to
10076 get to the first bit. With MASK 0x7e0, *BITS is set to 6, and *OFFSET
10079 get_bits_and_offset (mask
, bits
, offset
)
10080 unsigned long mask
;
10087 while (!(mask
& 1))
10103 struct x_display_info
*
10104 x_term_init (display_name
, xrm_option
, resource_name
)
10105 Lisp_Object display_name
;
10107 char *resource_name
;
10111 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
10116 if (!x_initialized
)
10124 #define NUM_ARGV 10
10126 char *argv
[NUM_ARGV
];
10127 char **argv2
= argv
;
10130 if (x_initialized
++ > 1)
10132 /* Opening another display. If xg_display_open returns less
10133 than zero, we are probably on GTK 2.0, which can only handle
10134 one display. GTK 2.2 or later can handle more than one. */
10135 if (xg_display_open (SDATA (display_name
), &dpy
) < 0)
10136 error ("Sorry, this version of GTK can only handle one display");
10140 for (argc
= 0; argc
< NUM_ARGV
; ++argc
)
10144 argv
[argc
++] = initial_argv
[0];
10146 if (! NILP (display_name
))
10148 argv
[argc
++] = "--display";
10149 argv
[argc
++] = SDATA (display_name
);
10152 argv
[argc
++] = "--name";
10153 argv
[argc
++] = resource_name
;
10156 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
10159 gtk_init (&argc
, &argv2
);
10161 /* gtk_init does set_locale. We must fix locale after calling it. */
10165 dpy
= GDK_DISPLAY ();
10167 /* NULL window -> events for all windows go to our function */
10168 gdk_window_add_filter (NULL
, event_handler_gdk
, NULL
);
10170 /* Load our own gtkrc if it exists. */
10172 struct gcpro gcpro1
, gcpro2
;
10173 char *file
= "~/.emacs.d/gtkrc";
10174 Lisp_Object s
, abs_file
;
10176 GCPRO2 (s
, abs_file
);
10177 s
= make_string (file
, strlen (file
));
10178 abs_file
= Fexpand_file_name (s
, Qnil
);
10180 if (! NILP (abs_file
) && !NILP (Ffile_readable_p (abs_file
)))
10181 gtk_rc_parse (SDATA (abs_file
));
10186 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
10187 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
10190 #else /* not USE_GTK */
10191 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10192 /* weiner@footloose.sps.mot.com reports that this causes
10194 X protocol error: BadAtom (invalid Atom parameter)
10195 on protocol request 18skiloaf.
10196 So let's not use it until R6. */
10197 #ifdef HAVE_X11XTR6
10198 XtSetLanguageProc (NULL
, NULL
, NULL
);
10209 argv
[argc
++] = "-xrm";
10210 argv
[argc
++] = xrm_option
;
10212 turn_on_atimers (0);
10213 dpy
= XtOpenDisplay (Xt_app_con
, SDATA (display_name
),
10214 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
,
10215 emacs_options
, XtNumber (emacs_options
),
10217 turn_on_atimers (1);
10219 #ifdef HAVE_X11XTR6
10220 /* I think this is to compensate for XtSetLanguageProc. */
10225 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10227 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
10229 dpy
= XOpenDisplay (SDATA (display_name
));
10230 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10231 #endif /* not USE_GTK*/
10233 /* Detect failure. */
10240 /* We have definitely succeeded. Record the new connection. */
10242 dpyinfo
= (struct x_display_info
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct x_display_info
));
10243 bzero (dpyinfo
, sizeof *dpyinfo
);
10245 #ifdef MULTI_KBOARD
10247 struct x_display_info
*share
;
10250 for (share
= x_display_list
, tail
= x_display_name_list
; share
;
10251 share
= share
->next
, tail
= XCDR (tail
))
10252 if (same_x_server (SDATA (XCAR (XCAR (tail
))),
10253 SDATA (display_name
)))
10256 dpyinfo
->kboard
= share
->kboard
;
10259 dpyinfo
->kboard
= (KBOARD
*) xmalloc (sizeof (KBOARD
));
10260 init_kboard (dpyinfo
->kboard
);
10261 if (!EQ (XSYMBOL (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
)->function
, Qunbound
))
10263 char *vendor
= ServerVendor (dpy
);
10265 dpyinfo
->kboard
->Vsystem_key_alist
10266 = call1 (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
,
10267 build_string (vendor
? vendor
: ""));
10271 dpyinfo
->kboard
->next_kboard
= all_kboards
;
10272 all_kboards
= dpyinfo
->kboard
;
10273 /* Don't let the initial kboard remain current longer than necessary.
10274 That would cause problems if a file loaded on startup tries to
10275 prompt in the mini-buffer. */
10276 if (current_kboard
== initial_kboard
)
10277 current_kboard
= dpyinfo
->kboard
;
10279 dpyinfo
->kboard
->reference_count
++;
10283 /* Put this display on the chain. */
10284 dpyinfo
->next
= x_display_list
;
10285 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
;
10287 /* Put it on x_display_name_list as well, to keep them parallel. */
10288 x_display_name_list
= Fcons (Fcons (display_name
, Qnil
),
10289 x_display_name_list
);
10290 dpyinfo
->name_list_element
= XCAR (x_display_name_list
);
10292 dpyinfo
->display
= dpy
;
10295 XSetAfterFunction (x_current_display
, x_trace_wire
);
10299 = (char *) xmalloc (SBYTES (Vinvocation_name
)
10300 + SBYTES (Vsystem_name
)
10302 sprintf (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
, "%s@%s",
10303 SDATA (Vinvocation_name
), SDATA (Vsystem_name
));
10305 /* Figure out which modifier bits mean what. */
10306 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
10308 /* Get the scroll bar cursor. */
10310 /* We must create a GTK cursor, it is required for GTK widgets. */
10311 dpyinfo
->xg_cursor
= xg_create_default_cursor (dpyinfo
->display
);
10312 #endif /* USE_GTK */
10314 dpyinfo
->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
10315 = XCreateFontCursor (dpyinfo
->display
, XC_sb_v_double_arrow
);
10317 xrdb
= x_load_resources (dpyinfo
->display
, xrm_option
,
10318 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
);
10319 #ifdef HAVE_XRMSETDATABASE
10320 XrmSetDatabase (dpyinfo
->display
, xrdb
);
10322 dpyinfo
->display
->db
= xrdb
;
10324 /* Put the rdb where we can find it in a way that works on
10326 dpyinfo
->xrdb
= xrdb
;
10328 dpyinfo
->screen
= ScreenOfDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
,
10329 DefaultScreen (dpyinfo
->display
));
10330 select_visual (dpyinfo
);
10331 dpyinfo
->cmap
= DefaultColormapOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10332 dpyinfo
->height
= HeightOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10333 dpyinfo
->width
= WidthOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10334 dpyinfo
->root_window
= RootWindowOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10335 dpyinfo
->client_leader_window
= 0;
10336 dpyinfo
->grabbed
= 0;
10337 dpyinfo
->reference_count
= 0;
10338 dpyinfo
->icon_bitmap_id
= -1;
10339 dpyinfo
->font_table
= NULL
;
10340 dpyinfo
->n_fonts
= 0;
10341 dpyinfo
->font_table_size
= 0;
10342 dpyinfo
->bitmaps
= 0;
10343 dpyinfo
->bitmaps_size
= 0;
10344 dpyinfo
->bitmaps_last
= 0;
10345 dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
= 0;
10346 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
10347 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
10348 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
10349 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
10350 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_face_id
= DEFAULT_FACE_ID
;
10351 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
10352 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_overlay
= Qnil
;
10353 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_x
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_y
= 0;
10354 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_defer
= 0;
10355 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 0;
10356 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= 0;
10357 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
10358 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
10359 dpyinfo
->image_cache
= make_image_cache ();
10360 dpyinfo
->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
10362 /* See if we can construct pixel values from RGB values. */
10363 dpyinfo
->red_bits
= dpyinfo
->blue_bits
= dpyinfo
->green_bits
= 0;
10364 dpyinfo
->red_offset
= dpyinfo
->blue_offset
= dpyinfo
->green_offset
= 0;
10366 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == TrueColor
)
10368 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->red_mask
,
10369 &dpyinfo
->red_bits
, &dpyinfo
->red_offset
);
10370 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->blue_mask
,
10371 &dpyinfo
->blue_bits
, &dpyinfo
->blue_offset
);
10372 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->green_mask
,
10373 &dpyinfo
->green_bits
, &dpyinfo
->green_offset
);
10376 /* See if a private colormap is requested. */
10377 if (dpyinfo
->visual
== DefaultVisualOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
))
10379 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == PseudoColor
)
10382 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10383 build_string ("privateColormap"),
10384 build_string ("PrivateColormap"),
10386 if (STRINGP (value
)
10387 && (!strcmp (SDATA (value
), "true")
10388 || !strcmp (SDATA (value
), "on")))
10389 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCopyColormapAndFree (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->cmap
);
10393 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCreateColormap (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10394 dpyinfo
->visual
, AllocNone
);
10397 int screen_number
= XScreenNumberOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10398 double pixels
= DisplayHeight (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10399 double mm
= DisplayHeightMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10400 /* Mac OS X 10.3's Xserver sometimes reports 0.0mm. */
10401 dpyinfo
->resy
= (mm
< 1) ? 100 : pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
10402 pixels
= DisplayWidth (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10403 /* Mac OS X 10.3's Xserver sometimes reports 0.0mm. */
10404 mm
= DisplayWidthMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10405 dpyinfo
->resx
= (mm
< 1) ? 100 : pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
10408 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_protocols
10409 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_PROTOCOLS", False
);
10410 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_take_focus
10411 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_TAKE_FOCUS", False
);
10412 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_save_yourself
10413 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_SAVE_YOURSELF", False
);
10414 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_delete_window
10415 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_DELETE_WINDOW", False
);
10416 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_change_state
10417 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_CHANGE_STATE", False
);
10418 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_configure_denied
10419 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_CONFIGURE_DENIED", False
);
10420 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_window_moved
10421 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_MOVED", False
);
10422 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_client_leader
10423 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_CLIENT_LEADER", False
);
10424 dpyinfo
->Xatom_editres
10425 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "Editres", False
);
10426 dpyinfo
->Xatom_CLIPBOARD
10427 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "CLIPBOARD", False
);
10428 dpyinfo
->Xatom_TIMESTAMP
10429 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "TIMESTAMP", False
);
10430 dpyinfo
->Xatom_TEXT
10431 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "TEXT", False
);
10432 dpyinfo
->Xatom_COMPOUND_TEXT
10433 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "COMPOUND_TEXT", False
);
10434 dpyinfo
->Xatom_UTF8_STRING
10435 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "UTF8_STRING", False
);
10436 dpyinfo
->Xatom_DELETE
10437 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "DELETE", False
);
10438 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULTIPLE
10439 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "MULTIPLE", False
);
10440 dpyinfo
->Xatom_INCR
10441 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "INCR", False
);
10442 dpyinfo
->Xatom_EMACS_TMP
10443 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_EMACS_TMP_", False
);
10444 dpyinfo
->Xatom_TARGETS
10445 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "TARGETS", False
);
10446 dpyinfo
->Xatom_NULL
10447 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "NULL", False
);
10448 dpyinfo
->Xatom_ATOM_PAIR
10449 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "ATOM_PAIR", False
);
10450 /* For properties of font. */
10451 dpyinfo
->Xatom_PIXEL_SIZE
10452 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "PIXEL_SIZE", False
);
10453 dpyinfo
->Xatom_AVERAGE_WIDTH
10454 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "AVERAGE_WIDTH", False
);
10455 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET
10456 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET", False
);
10457 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE
10458 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE", False
);
10459 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT
10460 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT", False
);
10462 /* Ghostscript support. */
10463 dpyinfo
->Xatom_PAGE
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "PAGE", False
);
10464 dpyinfo
->Xatom_DONE
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "DONE", False
);
10466 dpyinfo
->Xatom_Scrollbar
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "SCROLLBAR",
10469 dpyinfo
->cut_buffers_initialized
= 0;
10471 connection
= ConnectionNumber (dpyinfo
->display
);
10472 dpyinfo
->connection
= connection
;
10477 null_bits
[0] = 0x00;
10479 dpyinfo
->null_pixel
10480 = XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10481 null_bits
, 1, 1, (long) 0, (long) 0,
10486 extern int gray_bitmap_width
, gray_bitmap_height
;
10487 extern char *gray_bitmap_bits
;
10489 = XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10491 gray_bitmap_width
, gray_bitmap_height
,
10492 (unsigned long) 1, (unsigned long) 0, 1);
10496 xim_initialize (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
10499 #ifdef subprocesses
10500 /* This is only needed for distinguishing keyboard and process input. */
10501 if (connection
!= 0)
10502 add_keyboard_wait_descriptor (connection
);
10505 #ifndef F_SETOWN_BUG
10507 #ifdef F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG
10508 /* stdin is a socket here */
10509 fcntl (connection
, F_SETOWN
, -getpid ());
10510 #else /* ! defined (F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG) */
10511 fcntl (connection
, F_SETOWN
, getpid ());
10512 #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG) */
10513 #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN) */
10514 #endif /* F_SETOWN_BUG */
10517 if (interrupt_input
)
10518 init_sigio (connection
);
10519 #endif /* ! defined (SIGIO) */
10522 #ifdef HAVE_X11R5 /* It seems X11R4 lacks XtCvtStringToFont, and XPointer. */
10523 /* Make sure that we have a valid font for dialog boxes
10524 so that Xt does not crash. */
10526 Display
*dpy
= dpyinfo
->display
;
10527 XrmValue d
, fr
, to
;
10530 d
.addr
= (XPointer
)&dpy
;
10531 d
.size
= sizeof (Display
*);
10532 fr
.addr
= XtDefaultFont
;
10533 fr
.size
= sizeof (XtDefaultFont
);
10534 to
.size
= sizeof (Font
*);
10535 to
.addr
= (XPointer
)&font
;
10536 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
10537 if (!XtCallConverter (dpy
, XtCvtStringToFont
, &d
, 1, &fr
, &to
, NULL
))
10539 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
) || !XQueryFont (dpy
, font
))
10540 XrmPutLineResource (&xrdb
, "Emacs.dialog.*.font: 9x15");
10541 x_uncatch_errors ();
10546 /* See if we should run in synchronous mode. This is useful
10547 for debugging X code. */
10550 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10551 build_string ("synchronous"),
10552 build_string ("Synchronous"),
10554 if (STRINGP (value
)
10555 && (!strcmp (SDATA (value
), "true")
10556 || !strcmp (SDATA (value
), "on")))
10557 XSynchronize (dpyinfo
->display
, True
);
10562 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10563 build_string ("useXIM"),
10564 build_string ("UseXIM"),
10567 if (STRINGP (value
)
10568 && (!strcmp (XSTRING (value
)->data
, "false")
10569 || !strcmp (XSTRING (value
)->data
, "off")))
10572 if (STRINGP (value
)
10573 && (!strcmp (XSTRING (value
)->data
, "true")
10574 || !strcmp (XSTRING (value
)->data
, "on")))
10580 /* Only do this for the first display. */
10581 if (x_initialized
== 1)
10582 x_session_initialize (dpyinfo
);
10590 /* Get rid of display DPYINFO, assuming all frames are already gone,
10591 and without sending any more commands to the X server. */
10594 x_delete_display (dpyinfo
)
10595 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
10599 delete_keyboard_wait_descriptor (dpyinfo
->connection
);
10601 /* Discard this display from x_display_name_list and x_display_list.
10602 We can't use Fdelq because that can quit. */
10603 if (! NILP (x_display_name_list
)
10604 && EQ (XCAR (x_display_name_list
), dpyinfo
->name_list_element
))
10605 x_display_name_list
= XCDR (x_display_name_list
);
10610 tail
= x_display_name_list
;
10611 while (CONSP (tail
) && CONSP (XCDR (tail
)))
10613 if (EQ (XCAR (XCDR (tail
)), dpyinfo
->name_list_element
))
10615 XSETCDR (tail
, XCDR (XCDR (tail
)));
10618 tail
= XCDR (tail
);
10622 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== dpyinfo
)
10623 next_noop_dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
;
10625 if (x_display_list
== dpyinfo
)
10626 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
->next
;
10629 struct x_display_info
*tail
;
10631 for (tail
= x_display_list
; tail
; tail
= tail
->next
)
10632 if (tail
->next
== dpyinfo
)
10633 tail
->next
= tail
->next
->next
;
10636 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT /* I'm told Xt does this itself. */
10637 #ifndef AIX /* On AIX, XCloseDisplay calls this. */
10638 XrmDestroyDatabase (dpyinfo
->xrdb
);
10641 #ifdef MULTI_KBOARD
10642 if (--dpyinfo
->kboard
->reference_count
== 0)
10643 delete_kboard (dpyinfo
->kboard
);
10647 xim_close_dpy (dpyinfo
);
10650 /* Free the font names in the font table. */
10651 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; i
++)
10652 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
)
10654 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
!= dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].full_name
)
10655 xfree (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].full_name
);
10656 xfree (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
);
10659 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
->font_encoder
)
10660 xfree (dpyinfo
->font_table
->font_encoder
);
10662 xfree (dpyinfo
->font_table
);
10663 xfree (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
);
10664 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
10668 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10670 /* Atimer callback function for TIMER. Called every 0.1s to process
10671 Xt timeouts, if needed. We must avoid calling XtAppPending as
10672 much as possible because that function does an implicit XFlush
10673 that slows us down. */
10676 x_process_timeouts (timer
)
10677 struct atimer
*timer
;
10679 if (toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
|| popup_activated ())
10682 while (XtAppPending (Xt_app_con
) & XtIMTimer
)
10683 XtAppProcessEvent (Xt_app_con
, XtIMTimer
);
10688 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10691 /* Set up use of X before we make the first connection. */
10693 extern frame_parm_handler x_frame_parm_handlers
[];
10695 static struct redisplay_interface x_redisplay_interface
=
10697 x_frame_parm_handlers
,
10701 x_clear_end_of_line
,
10703 x_after_update_window_line
,
10704 x_update_window_begin
,
10705 x_update_window_end
,
10711 0, /* flush_display_optional */
10713 x_clear_window_mouse_face
,
10714 x_get_glyph_overhangs
,
10715 x_fix_overlapping_area
,
10716 x_draw_fringe_bitmap
,
10717 0, /* define_fringe_bitmap */
10718 0, /* destroy_fringe_bitmap */
10721 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs
,
10722 x_draw_glyph_string
,
10723 x_define_frame_cursor
,
10724 x_clear_frame_area
,
10725 x_draw_window_cursor
,
10726 x_draw_vertical_window_border
,
10727 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert
10733 rif
= &x_redisplay_interface
;
10735 clear_frame_hook
= x_clear_frame
;
10736 ins_del_lines_hook
= x_ins_del_lines
;
10737 delete_glyphs_hook
= x_delete_glyphs
;
10738 ring_bell_hook
= XTring_bell
;
10739 reset_terminal_modes_hook
= XTreset_terminal_modes
;
10740 set_terminal_modes_hook
= XTset_terminal_modes
;
10741 update_begin_hook
= x_update_begin
;
10742 update_end_hook
= x_update_end
;
10743 set_terminal_window_hook
= XTset_terminal_window
;
10744 read_socket_hook
= XTread_socket
;
10745 frame_up_to_date_hook
= XTframe_up_to_date
;
10746 mouse_position_hook
= XTmouse_position
;
10747 frame_rehighlight_hook
= XTframe_rehighlight
;
10748 frame_raise_lower_hook
= XTframe_raise_lower
;
10749 set_vertical_scroll_bar_hook
= XTset_vertical_scroll_bar
;
10750 condemn_scroll_bars_hook
= XTcondemn_scroll_bars
;
10751 redeem_scroll_bar_hook
= XTredeem_scroll_bar
;
10752 judge_scroll_bars_hook
= XTjudge_scroll_bars
;
10754 scroll_region_ok
= 1; /* we'll scroll partial frames */
10755 char_ins_del_ok
= 1;
10756 line_ins_del_ok
= 1; /* we'll just blt 'em */
10757 fast_clear_end_of_line
= 1; /* X does this well */
10758 memory_below_frame
= 0; /* we don't remember what scrolls
10763 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
10764 any_help_event_p
= 0;
10765 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
10768 current_count
= -1;
10771 /* Try to use interrupt input; if we can't, then start polling. */
10772 Fset_input_mode (Qt
, Qnil
, Qt
, Qnil
);
10774 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10775 XtToolkitInitialize ();
10777 Xt_app_con
= XtCreateApplicationContext ();
10779 /* Register a converter from strings to pixels, which uses
10780 Emacs' color allocation infrastructure. */
10781 XtAppSetTypeConverter (Xt_app_con
,
10782 XtRString
, XtRPixel
, cvt_string_to_pixel
,
10783 cvt_string_to_pixel_args
,
10784 XtNumber (cvt_string_to_pixel_args
),
10785 XtCacheByDisplay
, cvt_pixel_dtor
);
10787 XtAppSetFallbackResources (Xt_app_con
, Xt_default_resources
);
10789 /* Install an asynchronous timer that processes Xt timeout events
10790 every 0.1s. This is necessary because some widget sets use
10791 timeouts internally, for example the LessTif menu bar, or the
10792 Xaw3d scroll bar. When Xt timouts aren't processed, these
10793 widgets don't behave normally. */
10795 EMACS_TIME interval
;
10796 EMACS_SET_SECS_USECS (interval
, 0, 100000);
10797 start_atimer (ATIMER_CONTINUOUS
, interval
, x_process_timeouts
, 0);
10801 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
10803 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= False
;
10804 xaw3d_pick_top
= True
;
10808 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
10809 original error handler. */
10810 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
10811 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
10813 /* Disable Window Change signals; they are handled by X events. */
10815 signal (SIGWINCH
, SIG_DFL
);
10816 #endif /* SIGWINCH */
10818 signal (SIGPIPE
, x_connection_signal
);
10825 x_error_message
= NULL
;
10827 staticpro (&x_display_name_list
);
10828 x_display_name_list
= Qnil
;
10830 staticpro (&last_mouse_scroll_bar
);
10831 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
10833 staticpro (&Qvendor_specific_keysyms
);
10834 Qvendor_specific_keysyms
= intern ("vendor-specific-keysyms");
10836 staticpro (&Qutf_8
);
10837 Qutf_8
= intern ("utf-8");
10838 staticpro (&Qlatin_1
);
10839 Qlatin_1
= intern ("latin-1");
10841 staticpro (&last_mouse_press_frame
);
10842 last_mouse_press_frame
= Qnil
;
10844 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-use-underline-position-properties",
10845 &x_use_underline_position_properties
,
10846 doc
: /* *Non-nil means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties.
10847 nil means ignore them. If you encounter fonts with bogus
10848 UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties, for example 7x13 on XFree prior
10849 to 4.1, set this to nil. */);
10850 x_use_underline_position_properties
= 1;
10852 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-mouse-click-focus-ignore-position",
10853 &x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
,
10854 doc
: /* Non-nil means that a mouse click to focus a frame does not move point.
10855 This variable is only used when the window manager requires that you
10856 click on a frame to select it (give it focus). In that case, a value
10857 of nil, means that the selected window and cursor position changes to
10858 reflect the mouse click position, while a non-nil value means that the
10859 selected window or cursor position is preserved. */);
10860 x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
= 0;
10862 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-toolkit-scroll-bars", &Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
,
10863 doc
: /* What X toolkit scroll bars Emacs uses.
10864 A value of nil means Emacs doesn't use X toolkit scroll bars.
10865 Otherwise, value is a symbol describing the X toolkit. */);
10866 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
10868 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern ("motif");
10869 #elif defined HAVE_XAW3D
10870 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern ("xaw3d");
10872 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern ("gtk");
10874 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern ("xaw");
10877 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= Qnil
;
10880 staticpro (&last_mouse_motion_frame
);
10881 last_mouse_motion_frame
= Qnil
;
10883 Qmodifier_value
= intern ("modifier-value");
10884 Qalt
= intern ("alt");
10885 Fput (Qalt
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (alt_modifier
));
10886 Qhyper
= intern ("hyper");
10887 Fput (Qhyper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (hyper_modifier
));
10888 Qmeta
= intern ("meta");
10889 Fput (Qmeta
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (meta_modifier
));
10890 Qsuper
= intern ("super");
10891 Fput (Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (super_modifier
));
10893 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-alt-keysym", &Vx_alt_keysym
,
10894 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the alt modifier.
10895 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10896 For example, `alt' means use the Alt_L and Alt_R keysyms. The default
10897 is nil, which is the same as `alt'. */);
10898 Vx_alt_keysym
= Qnil
;
10900 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-hyper-keysym", &Vx_hyper_keysym
,
10901 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the hyper modifier.
10902 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10903 For example, `hyper' means use the Hyper_L and Hyper_R keysyms. The
10904 default is nil, which is the same as `hyper'. */);
10905 Vx_hyper_keysym
= Qnil
;
10907 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-meta-keysym", &Vx_meta_keysym
,
10908 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the meta modifier.
10909 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10910 For example, `meta' means use the Meta_L and Meta_R keysyms. The
10911 default is nil, which is the same as `meta'. */);
10912 Vx_meta_keysym
= Qnil
;
10914 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-super-keysym", &Vx_super_keysym
,
10915 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the super modifier.
10916 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10917 For example, `super' means use the Super_L and Super_R keysyms. The
10918 default is nil, which is the same as `super'. */);
10919 Vx_super_keysym
= Qnil
;
10921 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-keysym-table", &Vx_keysym_table
,
10922 doc
: /* Hash table of character codes indexed by X keysym codes. */);
10923 Vx_keysym_table
= make_hash_table (Qeql
, make_number (900),
10924 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_SIZE
),
10925 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_THRESHOLD
),
10929 #endif /* HAVE_X_WINDOWS */
10931 /* arch-tag: 6d4e4cb7-abc1-4302-9585-d84dcfb09d0f
10932 (do not change this comment) */